]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
Alexandre Duret-Lutz <adl@gnu.org>
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you have the new `shorttitlepage' command
16 @c @clear shorttitlepage-enabled
17 @c @set shorttitlepage-enabled
18
19 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
20 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
21 @c @set defaultprec
22
23 @c ISPELL CHECK: done, 14 Jan 1993 --bob
24
25 @c Check COPYRIGHT dates. should be updated in the titlepage, ifinfo
26 @c titlepage; should NOT be changed in the GPL. --mew
27
28 @c FIXME: I don't understand this `iftex'. Obsolete? --akim.
29 @iftex
30 @syncodeindex fn cp
31 @syncodeindex vr cp
32 @syncodeindex tp cp
33 @end iftex
34 @ifinfo
35 @synindex fn cp
36 @synindex vr cp
37 @synindex tp cp
38 @end ifinfo
39 @comment %**end of header
40
41 @copying
42
43 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
44 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
45
46 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
47 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
48
49 @quotation
50 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
51 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
52 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
53 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
54 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
55 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
56 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
57
58 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
59 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
60 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
61 @acronym{GNU} development.''
62 @end quotation
63 @end copying
64
65 @dircategory Software development
66 @direntry
67 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
68 @end direntry
69
70 @ifset shorttitlepage-enabled
71 @shorttitlepage Bison
72 @end ifset
73 @titlepage
74 @title Bison
75 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
76 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
77
78 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
79
80 @page
81 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
82 @insertcopying
83 @sp 2
84 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
85 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
86 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
87 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
88 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
89 @sp 2
90 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
91 @end titlepage
92
93 @contents
94
95 @ifnottex
96 @node Top
97 @top Bison
98 @insertcopying
99 @end ifnottex
100
101 @menu
102 * Introduction::
103 * Conditions::
104 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
105 how you can copy and share Bison
106
107 Tutorial sections:
108 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
109 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
110
111 Reference sections:
112 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
113 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
114 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
115 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
116 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
117 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
118 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
119 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
120 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
121 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
122 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
123 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
124 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
125 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
126
127 @detailmenu
128 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
129
130 The Concepts of Bison
131
132 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
133 as mathematical ideas.
134 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
135 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
136 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
137 the name of an identifier, etc.).
138 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
139 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
140 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
141 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
142 how is the output used?
143 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
144 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
145
146 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
147
148 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars
149 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities
150 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler
151
152 Examples
153
154 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
155 a first example with no operator precedence.
156 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
157 Operator precedence is introduced.
158 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
159 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
160 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
161 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
162 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
163
164 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
165
166 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
167 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
168 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
169 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
170 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
171 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
172 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
173
174 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
175
176 * Rpcalc Input::
177 * Rpcalc Line::
178 * Rpcalc Expr::
179
180 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
181
182 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
183 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
184 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
185
186 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
187
188 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
189 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
190 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
191
192 Bison Grammar Files
193
194 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
195 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
196 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
197 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
198 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
199 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
200 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
201 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
202
203 Outline of a Bison Grammar
204
205 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
206 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
207 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
208 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
209
210 Defining Language Semantics
211
212 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
213 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
214 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
215 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
216 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
217 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
218 action in the middle of a rule.
219
220 Tracking Locations
221
222 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
223 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
224 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
225
226 Bison Declarations
227
228 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
229 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
230 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
231 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
232 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
233 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
234 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
235 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
236 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
237 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
238
239 Parser C-Language Interface
240
241 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
242 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
243 which reads tokens.
244 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
245 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
246 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
247 native language.
248
249 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
250
251 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
252 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
253 of the token it has read.
254 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
255 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
256 actions want that.
257 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
258 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
259
260 The Bison Parser Algorithm
261
262 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
263 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
264 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
265 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
266 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
267 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
268 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
269 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
270 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
271
272 Operator Precedence
273
274 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
275 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
276 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
277 * How Precedence:: How they work.
278
279 Handling Context Dependencies
280
281 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
282 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
283 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
284 error recovery rules must be written.
285
286 Debugging Your Parser
287
288 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
289 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
290
291 Invoking Bison
292
293 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
294 in alphabetical order by short options.
295 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
296 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
297
298 C++ Language Interface
299
300 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
301 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
302
303 C++ Parsers
304
305 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
306 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
307 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
308 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
309 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
310
311 A Complete C++ Example
312
313 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
314 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
315 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
316 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
317 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
318
319 Frequently Asked Questions
320
321 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
322 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
323 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
324 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
325
326 Copying This Manual
327
328 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
329
330 @end detailmenu
331 @end menu
332
333 @node Introduction
334 @unnumbered Introduction
335 @cindex introduction
336
337 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts a
338 grammar description for an @acronym{LALR}(1) context-free grammar into a C
339 program to parse that grammar. Once you are proficient with Bison,
340 you may use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
341 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
342
343 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
344 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
345 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
346 C programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
347
348 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
349 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
350 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
351 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
352
353 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
354 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
355 multi-character string literals and other features.
356
357 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
358
359 @node Conditions
360 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
361
362 As of Bison version 1.24, we have changed the distribution terms for
363 @code{yyparse} to permit using Bison's output in nonfree programs when
364 Bison is generating C code for @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. Formerly, these
365 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
366
367 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
368 compiler, have never
369 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
370 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
371 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
372 License to all of the Bison source code.
373
374 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
375 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
376 @code{yyparse} function. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
377 into this function at one point, but the rest of the function is not
378 changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL} terms to the code for
379 @code{yyparse},
380 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
381
382 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
383 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
384 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
385 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
386 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
387 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
388
389 This exception applies only when Bison is generating C code for an
390 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser; otherwise, the @acronym{GPL} terms operate
391 as usual. You can
392 tell whether the exception applies to your @samp{.c} output file by
393 inspecting it to see whether it says ``As a special exception, when
394 this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use
395 that output file without restriction.''
396
397 @include gpl.texi
398
399 @node Concepts
400 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
401
402 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
403 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
404 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
405
406 @menu
407 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
408 as mathematical ideas.
409 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
410 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
411 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
412 the name of an identifier, etc.).
413 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
414 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
415 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
416 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
417 how is the output used?
418 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
419 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
420 @end menu
421
422 @node Language and Grammar
423 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
424
425 @cindex context-free grammar
426 @cindex grammar, context-free
427 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
428 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
429 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
430 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
431 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
432 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
433 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
434 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
435 recursion.
436
437 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
438 @cindex Backus-Naur form
439 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
440 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
441 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
442 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
443 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
444
445 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
446 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
447 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
448 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
449 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
450 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
451 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
452 token of look-ahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
453 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
454 restrictions that are
455 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
456 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
457 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
458 more information on this.
459
460 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
461 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
462 @cindex ambiguous grammars
463 @cindex non-deterministic parsing
464
465 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
466 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
467 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
468 (called a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
469 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
470 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
471 grammars can be @dfn{non-deterministic}, meaning that no fixed
472 look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
473 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
474 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
475 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
476 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
477 possible parses of any given string is finite.
478
479 @cindex symbols (abstract)
480 @cindex token
481 @cindex syntactic grouping
482 @cindex grouping, syntactic
483 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
484 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
485 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
486 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
487 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
488 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
489 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
490
491 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
492 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
493 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
494 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
495 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
496 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
497 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
498 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
499 lexicography, not grammar.)
500
501 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
502
503 @ifinfo
504 @example
505 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
506 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
507 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
508 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
509 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,
510 identifier, semicolon} */
511 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
512 @end example
513 @end ifinfo
514 @ifnotinfo
515 @example
516 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
517 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
518 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
519 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
520 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
521 @end example
522 @end ifnotinfo
523
524 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
525 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
526 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
527 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
528 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
529 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
530 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
531 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
532
533 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
534 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
535 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
536 reads informally as follows:
537
538 @quotation
539 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
540 `semicolon'.
541 @end quotation
542
543 @noindent
544 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
545 statement in C.
546
547 @cindex start symbol
548 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
549 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
550 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
551 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
552 plays this role.
553
554 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
555 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
556 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
557 not the start symbol.
558
559 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
560 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
561 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
562 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
563 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
564 reports a syntax error.
565
566 @node Grammar in Bison
567 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
568 @cindex Bison grammar
569 @cindex grammar, Bison
570 @cindex formal grammar
571
572 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
573 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
574 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
575
576 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
577 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
578 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
579
580 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
581 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
582 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
583 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
584 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
585 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
586 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
587 @xref{Symbols}.
588
589 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
590 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
591 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
592 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
593
594 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
595 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
596
597 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
598 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
599 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
600 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
601 used in every rule.
602
603 @example
604 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
605 ;
606 @end example
607
608 @noindent
609 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
610
611 @node Semantic Values
612 @section Semantic Values
613 @cindex semantic value
614 @cindex value, semantic
615
616 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
617 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
618 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
619 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
620 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
621 grammatical.
622
623 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
624 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
625 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
626 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
627 ,Defining Language Semantics},
628 for details.
629
630 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
631 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
632 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
633 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
634 except their types.
635
636 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
637 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
638 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
639 need to have any semantic value.)
640
641 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
642 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
643 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
644 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
645 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
646 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
647
648 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
649 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
650 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
651 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
652 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
653
654 @node Semantic Actions
655 @section Semantic Actions
656 @cindex semantic actions
657 @cindex actions, semantic
658
659 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
660 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
661 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
662 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
663 @xref{Actions}.
664
665 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
666 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
667 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
668 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
669 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
670 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
671 newly recognized larger expression.
672
673 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
674 two subexpressions:
675
676 @example
677 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
678 ;
679 @end example
680
681 @noindent
682 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
683 from the values of the two subexpressions.
684
685 @node GLR Parsers
686 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
687 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
688 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
689 @findex %glr-parser
690 @cindex conflicts
691 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
692 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
693
694 In some grammars, Bison's standard
695 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
696 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
697 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
698 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
699 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
700 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
701 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
702 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
703
704 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
705 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
706 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
707 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
708 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
709 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
710 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
711 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
712 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
713 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
714 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
715 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
716 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
717 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
718 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
719 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
720 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
721 identical set of symbols.
722
723 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
724 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
725 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
726 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
727 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
728 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
729 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
730 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
731 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
732 merged result.
733
734 @menu
735 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars
736 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities
737 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler
738 @end menu
739
740 @node Simple GLR Parsers
741 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
742 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
743 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
744 @findex %glr-parser
745 @findex %expect-rr
746 @cindex conflicts
747 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
748 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
749
750 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
751 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
752 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of look-ahead,
753 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
754 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
755 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
756
757 Consider a problem that
758 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
759 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
760
761 @example
762 type subrange = lo .. hi;
763 type enum = (a, b, c);
764 @end example
765
766 @noindent
767 The original language standard allows only numeric
768 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
769 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
770 10206) and many other
771 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
772 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
773 parentheses:
774
775 @example
776 type subrange = (a) .. b;
777 @end example
778
779 @noindent
780 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
781 type with only one value:
782
783 @example
784 type enum = (a);
785 @end example
786
787 @noindent
788 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
789 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
790
791 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
792 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token look-ahead it is not
793 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
794 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
795 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
796 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
797 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
798 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
799
800 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
801 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
802 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
803 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
804 expressions.
805
806 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
807 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
808 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
809 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
810 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
811 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
812 work.
813
814 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
815 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
816 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
817 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
818 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
819 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
820 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
821 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
822 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
823 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
824 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
825
826 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
827 reports a syntax error as usual.
828
829 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
830 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
831 look-ahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
832 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
833 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
834
835 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
836 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
837 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
838 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
839 The present example contains only one conflict between two
840 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
841 cannot be nested. So the number of
842 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
843 and the parsing time is still linear.
844
845 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
846 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
847
848 @example
849 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
850
851 @group
852 %left '+' '-'
853 %left '*' '/'
854 @end group
855
856 %%
857
858 @group
859 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
860 ;
861 @end group
862
863 @group
864 type : '(' id_list ')'
865 | expr DOTDOT expr
866 ;
867 @end group
868
869 @group
870 id_list : ID
871 | id_list ',' ID
872 ;
873 @end group
874
875 @group
876 expr : '(' expr ')'
877 | expr '+' expr
878 | expr '-' expr
879 | expr '*' expr
880 | expr '/' expr
881 | ID
882 ;
883 @end group
884 @end example
885
886 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
887 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
888 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
889 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
890 recognized:
891
892 @example
893 type t = (a) .. b;
894 @end example
895
896 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
897 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
898 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
899 @samp{%%}):
900
901 @example
902 %glr-parser
903 %expect-rr 1
904 @end example
905
906 @noindent
907 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
908 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
909 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
910 notice when the parser splits.
911
912 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR}, almost
913 without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however, there
914 are at least two potential problems to beware.
915 First, always analyze the conflicts reported by
916 Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR} splitting is only done where it is
917 intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser splitting inadvertently may cause
918 problems less obvious than an @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the
919 wrong alternative in a conflict.
920 Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic Tokens})
921 with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens
922 without performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot
923 obtain information via parser actions. Some cases of
924 lexer interactions can be eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to
925 shift the complications from the lexer to the parser. You must check
926 the remaining cases for correctness.
927
928 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens
929 based on their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new
930 symbols are defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it
931 is possible for a parser to define the enumeration
932 constants as they are parsed, before the type declaration is
933 completed, it actually makes no difference since they cannot be used
934 within the same enumerated type declaration.
935
936 @node Merging GLR Parses
937 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
938 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
939 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
940 @findex %dprec
941 @findex %merge
942 @cindex conflicts
943 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
944
945 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
946
947 @example
948 %@{
949 #include <stdio.h>
950 #define YYSTYPE char const *
951 int yylex (void);
952 void yyerror (char const *);
953 %@}
954
955 %token TYPENAME ID
956
957 %right '='
958 %left '+'
959
960 %glr-parser
961
962 %%
963
964 prog :
965 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
966 ;
967
968 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
969 | decl %dprec 2
970 ;
971
972 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
973 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
974 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
975 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
976 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
977 ;
978
979 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
980 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
981 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
982 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
983 ;
984
985 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
986 | '(' declarator ')'
987 ;
988 @end example
989
990 @noindent
991 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
992 certain declarations and statements. For example,
993
994 @example
995 T (x) = y+z;
996 @end example
997
998 @noindent
999 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
1000 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1001 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1002 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1003 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1004 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1005 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1006 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1007 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1008 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1009 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1010 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1011 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1012 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1013
1014 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1015 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1016 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1017 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1018 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1019 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1020 The parser therefore prints
1021
1022 @example
1023 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1024 @end example
1025
1026 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1027 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1028
1029 @example
1030 T (x) + y;
1031 @end example
1032
1033 @noindent
1034 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1035 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1036 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1037 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1038 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1039 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1040 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1041 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1042 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1043 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1044
1045 @example
1046 x T <cast> y +
1047 @end example
1048
1049 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1050 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1051 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1052 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1053 follows:
1054
1055 @example
1056 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1057 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1058 ;
1059 @end example
1060
1061 @noindent
1062 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1063
1064 @example
1065 static YYSTYPE
1066 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1067 @{
1068 printf ("<OR> ");
1069 return "";
1070 @}
1071 @end example
1072
1073 @noindent
1074 with an accompanying forward declaration
1075 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1076
1077 @example
1078 %@{
1079 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1080 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1081 %@}
1082 @end example
1083
1084 @noindent
1085 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1086 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1087
1088 @example
1089 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1090 @end example
1091
1092 Bison requires that all of the
1093 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1094 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1095 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1096 the offending merge.
1097
1098 @node Compiler Requirements
1099 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1100 @cindex @code{inline}
1101 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1102
1103 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1104 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1105 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1106 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1107 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1108 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1109
1110 @example
1111 %@{
1112 #include <config.h>
1113 %@}
1114 @end example
1115
1116 @noindent
1117 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1118
1119 @example
1120 %@{
1121 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1122 #define inline
1123 #endif
1124 %@}
1125 @end example
1126
1127 @node Locations Overview
1128 @section Locations
1129 @cindex location
1130 @cindex textual location
1131 @cindex location, textual
1132
1133 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1134 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1135 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1136 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1137
1138 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1139 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1140 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1141 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1142
1143 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1144 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1145 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1146 @code{@@3}.
1147
1148 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1149 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1150 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1151 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1152 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1153 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1154 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1155
1156 @node Bison Parser
1157 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1158 @cindex Bison parser
1159 @cindex Bison utility
1160 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1161 @cindex parser
1162
1163 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1164 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1165 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1166 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1167 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1168 program.
1169
1170 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1171 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1172 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1173 uses.
1174
1175 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1176 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1177 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1178 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1179 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1180 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1181 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1182
1183 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1184 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1185 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1186 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1187 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1188 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1189 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1190 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1191
1192 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1193 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1194 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1195 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1196 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1197 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1198 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1199 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1200 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1201 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1202 meanings.
1203
1204 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1205 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1206 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1207 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1208 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1209 included if message translation is in use
1210 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1211 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1212 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1213
1214 @node Stages
1215 @section Stages in Using Bison
1216 @cindex stages in using Bison
1217 @cindex using Bison
1218
1219 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1220 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1221
1222 @enumerate
1223 @item
1224 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1225 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1226 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1227 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1228 sequence of C statements.
1229
1230 @item
1231 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1232 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1233 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1234 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1235
1236 @item
1237 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1238
1239 @item
1240 Write error-reporting routines.
1241 @end enumerate
1242
1243 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1244 must follow these steps:
1245
1246 @enumerate
1247 @item
1248 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1249
1250 @item
1251 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1252
1253 @item
1254 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1255 @end enumerate
1256
1257 @node Grammar Layout
1258 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1259 @cindex grammar file
1260 @cindex file format
1261 @cindex format of grammar file
1262 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1263
1264 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1265 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1266
1267 @example
1268 %@{
1269 @var{Prologue}
1270 %@}
1271
1272 @var{Bison declarations}
1273
1274 %%
1275 @var{Grammar rules}
1276 %%
1277 @var{Epilogue}
1278 @end example
1279
1280 @noindent
1281 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1282 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1283
1284 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1285 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1286 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1287 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1288 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1289 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1290
1291 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1292 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1293 semantic values of various symbols.
1294
1295 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1296 parts.
1297
1298 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1299 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1300 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1301
1302 @node Examples
1303 @chapter Examples
1304 @cindex simple examples
1305 @cindex examples, simple
1306
1307 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1308 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1309 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1310 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1311 desk-top calculator.
1312
1313 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1314 languages are written the same way.
1315 @ifinfo
1316 You can copy these examples out of the Info file and into a source file
1317 to try them.
1318 @end ifinfo
1319
1320 @menu
1321 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1322 a first example with no operator precedence.
1323 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1324 Operator precedence is introduced.
1325 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1326 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1327 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1328 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1329 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1330 @end menu
1331
1332 @node RPN Calc
1333 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1334 @cindex reverse polish notation
1335 @cindex polish notation calculator
1336 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1337 @cindex calculator, simple
1338
1339 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1340 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1341 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1342 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1343
1344 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1345 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1346
1347 @menu
1348 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1349 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1350 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1351 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1352 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1353 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1354 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1355 @end menu
1356
1357 @node Rpcalc Decls
1358 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1359
1360 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1361 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1362
1363 @example
1364 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1365
1366 %@{
1367 #define YYSTYPE double
1368 #include <math.h>
1369 int yylex (void);
1370 void yyerror (char const *);
1371 %@}
1372
1373 %token NUM
1374
1375 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1376 @end example
1377
1378 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1379 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1380
1381 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1382 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1383 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1384 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1385 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1386 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1387 which is a floating point number.
1388
1389 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1390 function @code{pow}.
1391
1392 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1393 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1394 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1395 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1396 prologue.
1397
1398 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1399 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1400 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1401 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1402 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1403 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1404 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1405 type for numeric constants.
1406
1407 @node Rpcalc Rules
1408 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1409
1410 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1411
1412 @example
1413 input: /* empty */
1414 | input line
1415 ;
1416
1417 line: '\n'
1418 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1419 ;
1420
1421 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1422 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1423 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1424 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1425 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1426 /* Exponentiation */
1427 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1428 /* Unary minus */
1429 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1430 ;
1431 %%
1432 @end example
1433
1434 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1435 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1436 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1437 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the @samp{|} punctuator
1438 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1439 mean.
1440
1441 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1442 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1443 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1444
1445 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1446 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1447 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1448 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1449 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1450 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1451
1452 @menu
1453 * Rpcalc Input::
1454 * Rpcalc Line::
1455 * Rpcalc Expr::
1456 @end menu
1457
1458 @node Rpcalc Input
1459 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1460
1461 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1462
1463 @example
1464 input: /* empty */
1465 | input line
1466 ;
1467 @end example
1468
1469 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1470 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1471 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1472 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1473 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1474
1475 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1476 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1477 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1478 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1479 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1480 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1481
1482 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1483 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1484 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1485 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1486 more times.
1487
1488 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1489 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1490 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1491
1492 @node Rpcalc Line
1493 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1494
1495 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1496
1497 @example
1498 line: '\n'
1499 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1500 ;
1501 @end example
1502
1503 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1504 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1505 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1506 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1507 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1508 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1509 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1510
1511 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1512 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1513 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1514 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1515 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1516
1517 @node Rpcalc Expr
1518 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1519
1520 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1521 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1522 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1523 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1524
1525 @example
1526 exp: NUM
1527 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1528 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1529 @dots{}
1530 ;
1531 @end example
1532
1533 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1534 equally well have written them separately:
1535
1536 @example
1537 exp: NUM ;
1538 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1539 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1540 @dots{}
1541 @end example
1542
1543 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1544 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1545 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1546 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1547 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1548 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1549 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1550 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1551
1552 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1553 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1554 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1555
1556 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1557 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1558 For example, this:
1559
1560 @example
1561 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1562 @end example
1563
1564 @noindent
1565 means the same thing as this:
1566
1567 @example
1568 exp: NUM
1569 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1570 | @dots{}
1571 ;
1572 @end example
1573
1574 @noindent
1575 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1576
1577 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1578 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1579 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1580 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1581
1582 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1583 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1584 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1585 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1586
1587 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1588 calculator. This
1589 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1590 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1591 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1592 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1593
1594 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1595 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1596 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1597 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1598 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1599 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1600 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1601 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1602 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1603
1604 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1605 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1606 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1607 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1608 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1609
1610 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1611 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1612
1613 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1614
1615 @example
1616 @group
1617 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1618 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1619 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1620 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1621
1622 #include <ctype.h>
1623 @end group
1624
1625 @group
1626 int
1627 yylex (void)
1628 @{
1629 int c;
1630
1631 /* Skip white space. */
1632 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1633 ;
1634 @end group
1635 @group
1636 /* Process numbers. */
1637 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1638 @{
1639 ungetc (c, stdin);
1640 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1641 return NUM;
1642 @}
1643 @end group
1644 @group
1645 /* Return end-of-input. */
1646 if (c == EOF)
1647 return 0;
1648 /* Return a single char. */
1649 return c;
1650 @}
1651 @end group
1652 @end example
1653
1654 @node Rpcalc Main
1655 @subsection The Controlling Function
1656 @cindex controlling function
1657 @cindex main function in simple example
1658
1659 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1660 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1661 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1662
1663 @example
1664 @group
1665 int
1666 main (void)
1667 @{
1668 return yyparse ();
1669 @}
1670 @end group
1671 @end example
1672
1673 @node Rpcalc Error
1674 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1675 @cindex error reporting routine
1676
1677 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1678 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1679 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1680 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1681 here is the definition we will use:
1682
1683 @example
1684 @group
1685 #include <stdio.h>
1686
1687 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1688 void
1689 yyerror (char const *s)
1690 @{
1691 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1692 @}
1693 @end group
1694 @end example
1695
1696 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1697 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1698 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1699 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1700 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1701 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1702
1703 @node Rpcalc Gen
1704 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1705 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1706
1707 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1708 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1709 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1710 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1711 end, in the epilogue of the file
1712 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1713
1714 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1715 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1716
1717 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1718 convert it into a parser file:
1719
1720 @example
1721 bison @var{file}.y
1722 @end example
1723
1724 @noindent
1725 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1726 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1727 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1728 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1729 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1730 are copied verbatim to the output.
1731
1732 @node Rpcalc Compile
1733 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1734 @cindex compiling the parser
1735
1736 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1737
1738 @example
1739 @group
1740 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1741 $ @kbd{ls}
1742 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1743 @end group
1744
1745 @group
1746 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1747 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1748 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1749 @end group
1750
1751 @group
1752 # @r{List files again.}
1753 $ @kbd{ls}
1754 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1755 @end group
1756 @end example
1757
1758 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1759 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1760
1761 @example
1762 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1763 @kbd{4 9 +}
1764 13
1765 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1766 -13
1767 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1768 13
1769 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1770 -3.166666667
1771 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1772 81
1773 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1774 $
1775 @end example
1776
1777 @node Infix Calc
1778 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1779 @cindex infix notation calculator
1780 @cindex @code{calc}
1781 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1782
1783 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1784 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1785 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1786 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1787
1788 @example
1789 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1790
1791 %@{
1792 #define YYSTYPE double
1793 #include <math.h>
1794 #include <stdio.h>
1795 int yylex (void);
1796 void yyerror (char const *);
1797 %@}
1798
1799 /* Bison declarations. */
1800 %token NUM
1801 %left '-' '+'
1802 %left '*' '/'
1803 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1804 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1805
1806 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1807 input: /* empty */
1808 | input line
1809 ;
1810
1811 line: '\n'
1812 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1813 ;
1814
1815 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1816 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1817 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1818 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1819 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1820 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1821 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1822 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1823 ;
1824 %%
1825 @end example
1826
1827 @noindent
1828 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1829 same as before.
1830
1831 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1832
1833 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1834 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1835 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1836 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1837 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1838 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1839 the associativity.)
1840
1841 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1842 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1843 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1844 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1845 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1846 Precedence}.
1847
1848 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1849 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1850 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1851 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1852 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1853
1854 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1855
1856 @need 500
1857 @example
1858 $ @kbd{calc}
1859 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1860 6.880952381
1861 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1862 -54
1863 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1864 9
1865 @end example
1866
1867 @node Simple Error Recovery
1868 @section Simple Error Recovery
1869 @cindex error recovery, simple
1870
1871 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1872 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1873 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1874 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1875 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1876 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1877
1878 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1879 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1880 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1881
1882 @example
1883 @group
1884 line: '\n'
1885 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1886 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1887 ;
1888 @end group
1889 @end example
1890
1891 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1892 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1893 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1894 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1895 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1896 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1897 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1898 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1899 misprint.
1900
1901 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1902 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1903 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1904 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1905 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1906 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1907 Bison programs.
1908
1909 @node Location Tracking Calc
1910 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1911 @cindex location tracking calculator
1912 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1913 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1914
1915 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1916 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1917 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1918 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1919 analyzer.
1920
1921 @menu
1922 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1923 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1924 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1925 @end menu
1926
1927 @node Ltcalc Decls
1928 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1929
1930 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1931 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1932
1933 @example
1934 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1935
1936 %@{
1937 #define YYSTYPE int
1938 #include <math.h>
1939 int yylex (void);
1940 void yyerror (char const *);
1941 %@}
1942
1943 /* Bison declarations. */
1944 %token NUM
1945
1946 %left '-' '+'
1947 %left '*' '/'
1948 %left NEG
1949 %right '^'
1950
1951 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1952 @end example
1953
1954 @noindent
1955 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1956 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1957 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
1958 four member structure with the following integer fields:
1959 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
1960 @code{last_column}.
1961
1962 @node Ltcalc Rules
1963 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
1964
1965 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
1966 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
1967 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
1968 from the new information.
1969
1970 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
1971 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
1972
1973 @example
1974 @group
1975 input : /* empty */
1976 | input line
1977 ;
1978 @end group
1979
1980 @group
1981 line : '\n'
1982 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
1983 ;
1984 @end group
1985
1986 @group
1987 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1988 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1989 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1990 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1991 @end group
1992 @group
1993 | exp '/' exp
1994 @{
1995 if ($3)
1996 $$ = $1 / $3;
1997 else
1998 @{
1999 $$ = 1;
2000 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2001 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2002 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2003 @}
2004 @}
2005 @end group
2006 @group
2007 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2008 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2009 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2010 @end group
2011 @end example
2012
2013 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2014 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2015 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2016
2017 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2018 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2019 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2020 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2021 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2022 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2023 hand.
2024
2025 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2026 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2027
2028 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2029 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2030 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2031 semantic values.
2032
2033 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2034 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2035
2036 @example
2037 @group
2038 int
2039 yylex (void)
2040 @{
2041 int c;
2042 @end group
2043
2044 @group
2045 /* Skip white space. */
2046 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2047 ++yylloc.last_column;
2048 @end group
2049
2050 @group
2051 /* Step. */
2052 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2053 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2054 @end group
2055
2056 @group
2057 /* Process numbers. */
2058 if (isdigit (c))
2059 @{
2060 yylval = c - '0';
2061 ++yylloc.last_column;
2062 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2063 @{
2064 ++yylloc.last_column;
2065 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2066 @}
2067 ungetc (c, stdin);
2068 return NUM;
2069 @}
2070 @end group
2071
2072 /* Return end-of-input. */
2073 if (c == EOF)
2074 return 0;
2075
2076 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2077 if (c == '\n')
2078 @{
2079 ++yylloc.last_line;
2080 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2081 @}
2082 else
2083 ++yylloc.last_column;
2084 return c;
2085 @}
2086 @end example
2087
2088 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2089 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2090 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2091 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2092
2093 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2094 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2095 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2096 controlling function:
2097
2098 @example
2099 @group
2100 int
2101 main (void)
2102 @{
2103 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2104 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2105 return yyparse ();
2106 @}
2107 @end group
2108 @end example
2109
2110 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2111 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2112 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2113
2114 @node Multi-function Calc
2115 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2116 @cindex multi-function calculator
2117 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2118 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2119
2120 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2121 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2122 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2123 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2124 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2125
2126 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2127 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2128 back all nonnumber characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2129 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2130 functions whose syntax has this form:
2131
2132 @example
2133 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2134 @end example
2135
2136 @noindent
2137 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2138 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2139 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2140
2141 @example
2142 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2143 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2144 3.1415926536
2145 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2146 0.0000000000
2147 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2148 2.3000000000
2149 @kbd{alpha}
2150 2.3000000000
2151 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2152 0.8329091229
2153 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2154 2.3000000000
2155 $
2156 @end example
2157
2158 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2159
2160 @menu
2161 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2162 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2163 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2164 @end menu
2165
2166 @node Mfcalc Decl
2167 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2168
2169 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2170
2171 @smallexample
2172 @group
2173 %@{
2174 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2175 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2176 int yylex (void);
2177 void yyerror (char const *);
2178 %@}
2179 @end group
2180 @group
2181 %union @{
2182 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2183 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2184 @}
2185 @end group
2186 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2187 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2188 %type <val> exp
2189
2190 @group
2191 %right '='
2192 %left '-' '+'
2193 %left '*' '/'
2194 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2195 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2196 @end group
2197 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2198 @end smallexample
2199
2200 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2201 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2202 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2203
2204 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2205 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2206 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2207 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2208
2209 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2210 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2211 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2212 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2213 between angle brackets).
2214
2215 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2216 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2217 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2218 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2219 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2220 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2221
2222 @node Mfcalc Rules
2223 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2224
2225 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2226 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2227 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2228
2229 @smallexample
2230 @group
2231 input: /* empty */
2232 | input line
2233 ;
2234 @end group
2235
2236 @group
2237 line:
2238 '\n'
2239 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2240 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2241 ;
2242 @end group
2243
2244 @group
2245 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2246 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2247 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2248 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2249 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2250 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2251 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2252 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2253 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2254 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2255 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2256 ;
2257 @end group
2258 /* End of grammar. */
2259 %%
2260 @end smallexample
2261
2262 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2263 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2264 @cindex symbol table example
2265
2266 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2267 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2268 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2269 requires some additional C functions for support.
2270
2271 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2272 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2273 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2274
2275 @smallexample
2276 @group
2277 /* Function type. */
2278 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2279 @end group
2280
2281 @group
2282 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2283 struct symrec
2284 @{
2285 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2286 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2287 union
2288 @{
2289 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2290 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2291 @} value;
2292 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2293 @};
2294 @end group
2295
2296 @group
2297 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2298
2299 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2300 extern symrec *sym_table;
2301
2302 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2303 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2304 @end group
2305 @end smallexample
2306
2307 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2308 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2309 @code{init_table} as well:
2310
2311 @smallexample
2312 #include <stdio.h>
2313
2314 @group
2315 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2316 void
2317 yyerror (char const *s)
2318 @{
2319 printf ("%s\n", s);
2320 @}
2321 @end group
2322
2323 @group
2324 struct init
2325 @{
2326 char const *fname;
2327 double (*fnct) (double);
2328 @};
2329 @end group
2330
2331 @group
2332 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2333 @{
2334 "sin", sin,
2335 "cos", cos,
2336 "atan", atan,
2337 "ln", log,
2338 "exp", exp,
2339 "sqrt", sqrt,
2340 0, 0
2341 @};
2342 @end group
2343
2344 @group
2345 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2346 symrec *sym_table;
2347 @end group
2348
2349 @group
2350 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2351 void
2352 init_table (void)
2353 @{
2354 int i;
2355 symrec *ptr;
2356 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2357 @{
2358 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2359 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2360 @}
2361 @}
2362 @end group
2363
2364 @group
2365 int
2366 main (void)
2367 @{
2368 init_table ();
2369 return yyparse ();
2370 @}
2371 @end group
2372 @end smallexample
2373
2374 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2375 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2376
2377 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2378 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2379 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2380 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2381 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2382 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2383
2384 @smallexample
2385 symrec *
2386 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2387 @{
2388 symrec *ptr;
2389 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2390 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2391 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2392 ptr->type = sym_type;
2393 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2394 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2395 sym_table = ptr;
2396 return ptr;
2397 @}
2398
2399 symrec *
2400 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2401 @{
2402 symrec *ptr;
2403 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2404 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2405 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2406 return ptr;
2407 return 0;
2408 @}
2409 @end smallexample
2410
2411 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2412 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2413 characters with a leading non-digit are recognized as either variables or
2414 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2415
2416 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2417 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2418 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2419 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2420 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2421 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2422
2423 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2424 operators in @code{yylex}.
2425
2426 @smallexample
2427 @group
2428 #include <ctype.h>
2429 @end group
2430
2431 @group
2432 int
2433 yylex (void)
2434 @{
2435 int c;
2436
2437 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2438 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2439
2440 if (c == EOF)
2441 return 0;
2442 @end group
2443
2444 @group
2445 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2446 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2447 @{
2448 ungetc (c, stdin);
2449 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2450 return NUM;
2451 @}
2452 @end group
2453
2454 @group
2455 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2456 if (isalpha (c))
2457 @{
2458 symrec *s;
2459 static char *symbuf = 0;
2460 static int length = 0;
2461 int i;
2462 @end group
2463
2464 @group
2465 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2466 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2467 if (length == 0)
2468 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2469
2470 i = 0;
2471 do
2472 @end group
2473 @group
2474 @{
2475 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2476 if (i == length)
2477 @{
2478 length *= 2;
2479 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2480 @}
2481 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2482 symbuf[i++] = c;
2483 /* Get another character. */
2484 c = getchar ();
2485 @}
2486 @end group
2487 @group
2488 while (isalnum (c));
2489
2490 ungetc (c, stdin);
2491 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2492 @end group
2493
2494 @group
2495 s = getsym (symbuf);
2496 if (s == 0)
2497 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2498 yylval.tptr = s;
2499 return s->type;
2500 @}
2501
2502 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2503 return c;
2504 @}
2505 @end group
2506 @end smallexample
2507
2508 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2509 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2510 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2511
2512 @node Exercises
2513 @section Exercises
2514 @cindex exercises
2515
2516 @enumerate
2517 @item
2518 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2519
2520 @item
2521 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2522 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2523 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2524
2525 @item
2526 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2527 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2528 @end enumerate
2529
2530 @node Grammar File
2531 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2532
2533 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2534 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2535
2536 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2537 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2538
2539 @menu
2540 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2541 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2542 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2543 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2544 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2545 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2546 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2547 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2548 @end menu
2549
2550 @node Grammar Outline
2551 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2552
2553 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2554 appropriate delimiters:
2555
2556 @example
2557 %@{
2558 @var{Prologue}
2559 %@}
2560
2561 @var{Bison declarations}
2562
2563 %%
2564 @var{Grammar rules}
2565 %%
2566
2567 @var{Epilogue}
2568 @end example
2569
2570 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2571 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2572 continues until end of line.
2573
2574 @menu
2575 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2576 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2577 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2578 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2579 @end menu
2580
2581 @node Prologue
2582 @subsection The prologue
2583 @cindex declarations section
2584 @cindex Prologue
2585 @cindex declarations
2586
2587 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and
2588 declarations of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the
2589 grammar rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so
2590 that they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2591 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you don't
2592 need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}}
2593 delimiters that bracket this section.
2594
2595 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2596 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2597 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2598 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2599 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2600 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2601 @code{%union} declaration.
2602
2603 @smallexample
2604 %@{
2605 #include <stdio.h>
2606 #include "ptypes.h"
2607 %@}
2608
2609 %union @{
2610 long int n;
2611 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2612 @}
2613
2614 %@{
2615 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2616 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2617 %@}
2618
2619 @dots{}
2620 @end smallexample
2621
2622 @node Bison Declarations
2623 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2624 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2625 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2626
2627 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2628 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2629 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2630 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2631
2632 @node Grammar Rules
2633 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2634 @cindex grammar rules section
2635 @cindex rules section for grammar
2636
2637 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2638 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2639
2640 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2641 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2642 if it is the first thing in the file.
2643
2644 @node Epilogue
2645 @subsection The epilogue
2646 @cindex additional C code section
2647 @cindex epilogue
2648 @cindex C code, section for additional
2649
2650 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2651 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2652 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2653 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2654 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2655 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2656 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2657 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2658 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2659
2660 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2661 from the grammar rules.
2662
2663 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose
2664 names start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a
2665 good idea to avoid using any such names (except those documented in this
2666 manual) in the epilogue of the grammar file.
2667
2668 @node Symbols
2669 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2670 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2671 @cindex terminal symbol
2672 @cindex token type
2673 @cindex symbol
2674
2675 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2676 of the language.
2677
2678 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2679 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2680 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2681 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2682 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has been
2683 read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use the
2684 symbol to stand for it.
2685
2686 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically equivalent
2687 groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules. By convention,
2688 it should be all lower case.
2689
2690 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2691 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2692
2693 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2694
2695 @itemize @bullet
2696 @item
2697 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2698 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2699 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2700 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2701
2702 @item
2703 @cindex character token
2704 @cindex literal token
2705 @cindex single-character literal
2706 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2707 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2708 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2709 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2710 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2711 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2712 ,Operator Precedence}).
2713
2714 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2715 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2716 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2717 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2718 your program will confuse other readers.
2719
2720 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2721 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2722 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2723 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2724 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2725 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2726 allowed.
2727
2728 @item
2729 @cindex string token
2730 @cindex literal string token
2731 @cindex multicharacter literal
2732 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2733 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2734 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2735 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2736 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2737
2738 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2739 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2740 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2741 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2742 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2743
2744 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2745
2746 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2747 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2748 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2749 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2750 read your program will be confused.
2751
2752 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2753 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2754 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2755 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2756 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2757 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2758 @end itemize
2759
2760 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2761 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2762 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2763
2764 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2765 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2766 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2767 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2768 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2769 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2770 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2771 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2772 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2773 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2774 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2775 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2776
2777 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2778 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2779 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2780 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2781 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2782
2783 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2784 host, you must use only non-null character tokens taken from the basic
2785 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2786 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2787 characters in the following C-language string:
2788
2789 @example
2790 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2791 @end example
2792
2793 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character
2794 set and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2795 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting program
2796 in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2797 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the
2798 tables generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2799 character tokens. It is standard
2800 practice for software distributions to contain C source files that
2801 were generated by Bison in an @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on
2802 platforms that are incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those
2803 files before compiling them.
2804
2805 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2806 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2807 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2808 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2809 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2810
2811 @node Rules
2812 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2813 @cindex rule syntax
2814 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2815 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2816
2817 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2818
2819 @example
2820 @group
2821 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2822 ;
2823 @end group
2824 @end example
2825
2826 @noindent
2827 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2828 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2829 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2830
2831 For example,
2832
2833 @example
2834 @group
2835 exp: exp '+' exp
2836 ;
2837 @end group
2838 @end example
2839
2840 @noindent
2841 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2842 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2843
2844 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2845 extra white space as you wish.
2846
2847 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2848 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2849
2850 @example
2851 @{@var{C statements}@}
2852 @end example
2853
2854 @noindent
2855 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2856 @xref{Actions}.
2857
2858 @findex |
2859 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2860 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2861
2862 @ifinfo
2863 @example
2864 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2865 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2866 @dots{}
2867 ;
2868 @end example
2869 @end ifinfo
2870 @iftex
2871 @example
2872 @group
2873 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2874 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2875 @dots{}
2876 ;
2877 @end group
2878 @end example
2879 @end iftex
2880
2881 @noindent
2882 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2883
2884 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2885 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2886 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2887
2888 @example
2889 @group
2890 expseq: /* empty */
2891 | expseq1
2892 ;
2893 @end group
2894
2895 @group
2896 expseq1: exp
2897 | expseq1 ',' exp
2898 ;
2899 @end group
2900 @end example
2901
2902 @noindent
2903 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2904 with no components.
2905
2906 @node Recursion
2907 @section Recursive Rules
2908 @cindex recursive rule
2909
2910 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal appears
2911 also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to use
2912 recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any number
2913 of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2914 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2915
2916 @example
2917 @group
2918 expseq1: exp
2919 | expseq1 ',' exp
2920 ;
2921 @end group
2922 @end example
2923
2924 @cindex left recursion
2925 @cindex right recursion
2926 @noindent
2927 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
2928 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
2929 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
2930
2931 @example
2932 @group
2933 expseq1: exp
2934 | exp ',' expseq1
2935 ;
2936 @end group
2937 @end example
2938
2939 @noindent
2940 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
2941 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
2942 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
2943 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
2944 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
2945 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
2946 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
2947 of this.
2948
2949 @cindex mutual recursion
2950 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
2951 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
2952 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
2953 side.
2954
2955 For example:
2956
2957 @example
2958 @group
2959 expr: primary
2960 | primary '+' primary
2961 ;
2962 @end group
2963
2964 @group
2965 primary: constant
2966 | '(' expr ')'
2967 ;
2968 @end group
2969 @end example
2970
2971 @noindent
2972 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
2973 other.
2974
2975 @node Semantics
2976 @section Defining Language Semantics
2977 @cindex defining language semantics
2978 @cindex language semantics, defining
2979
2980 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
2981 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
2982 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
2983
2984 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
2985 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
2986 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
2987 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
2988
2989 @menu
2990 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
2991 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
2992 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
2993 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
2994 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
2995 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
2996 action in the middle of a rule.
2997 @end menu
2998
2999 @node Value Type
3000 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3001 @cindex semantic value type
3002 @cindex value type, semantic
3003 @cindex data types of semantic values
3004 @cindex default data type
3005
3006 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3007 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3008 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3009 Notation Calculator}).
3010
3011 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3012 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3013
3014 @example
3015 #define YYSTYPE double
3016 @end example
3017
3018 @noindent
3019 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3020 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3021
3022 @node Multiple Types
3023 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3024
3025 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3026 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3027 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type @code{char *},
3028 and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the symbol table.
3029
3030 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3031 requires you to do two things:
3032
3033 @itemize @bullet
3034 @item
3035 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3036 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3037 Value Types}).
3038
3039 @item
3040 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3041 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3042 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3043 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3044 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3045 @end itemize
3046
3047 @node Actions
3048 @subsection Actions
3049 @cindex action
3050 @vindex $$
3051 @vindex $@var{n}
3052
3053 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3054 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3055 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3056 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3057
3058 An action consists of C statements surrounded by braces, much like a
3059 compound statement in C@. An action can contain any sequence of C
3060 statements. Bison does not look for trigraphs, though, so if your C
3061 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3062 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, strings, or character
3063 literals.
3064
3065 An action can be placed at any position in the rule;
3066 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3067 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3068 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3069 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3070
3071 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3072 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3073 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3074 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3075 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3076 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3077 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3078
3079 Here is a typical example:
3080
3081 @example
3082 @group
3083 exp: @dots{}
3084 | exp '+' exp
3085 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3086 @end group
3087 @end example
3088
3089 @noindent
3090 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3091 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3092 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3093 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3094 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3095 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3096 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3097 referred to as @code{$2}.
3098
3099 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3100 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3101 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3102 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3103 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3104
3105 @example
3106 @group
3107 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3108 @end group
3109 @end example
3110
3111 @cindex default action
3112 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3113 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3114 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3115 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3116 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3117 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3118
3119 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3120 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3121 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3122 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3123 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3124
3125 @example
3126 @group
3127 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3128 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3129 ;
3130 @end group
3131
3132 @group
3133 bar: /* empty */
3134 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3135 ;
3136 @end group
3137 @end example
3138
3139 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3140 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3141 definition of @code{foo}.
3142
3143 @node Action Types
3144 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3145 @cindex action data types
3146 @cindex data types in actions
3147
3148 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3149 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3150
3151 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3152 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3153 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3154 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3155 in the rule. In this example,
3156
3157 @example
3158 @group
3159 exp: @dots{}
3160 | exp '+' exp
3161 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3162 @end group
3163 @end example
3164
3165 @noindent
3166 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3167 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3168 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3169 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3170
3171 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3172 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3173 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3174
3175 @example
3176 @group
3177 %union @{
3178 int itype;
3179 double dtype;
3180 @}
3181 @end group
3182 @end example
3183
3184 @noindent
3185 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3186 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3187
3188 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3189 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3190 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3191 @cindex mid-rule actions
3192
3193 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3194 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3195 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3196
3197 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3198 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3199 it is run before they are parsed.
3200
3201 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3202 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3203 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3204 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3205 @code{$@var{n}}.
3206
3207 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3208 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3209 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3210 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3211 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3212 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3213
3214 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3215 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3216 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3217 at the end of the rule.
3218
3219 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3220 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3221 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3222 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3223 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3224 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3225
3226 @example
3227 @group
3228 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3229 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3230 declare_variable ($3); @}
3231 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3232 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3233 @end group
3234 @end example
3235
3236 @noindent
3237 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3238 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3239 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3240 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3241 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3242 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3243 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3244 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3245
3246 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3247 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3248 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3249 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3250 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3251
3252 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3253 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3254 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3255 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3256 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3257 declaration or not:
3258
3259 @example
3260 @group
3261 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3262 | '@{' statements '@}'
3263 ;
3264 @end group
3265 @end example
3266
3267 @noindent
3268 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3269
3270 @example
3271 @group
3272 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3273 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3274 @end group
3275 @group
3276 | '@{' statements '@}'
3277 ;
3278 @end group
3279 @end example
3280
3281 @noindent
3282 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3283 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3284 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3285 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3286 the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3287 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.)
3288
3289 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3290 actions into the two rules, like this:
3291
3292 @example
3293 @group
3294 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3295 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3296 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3297 '@{' statements '@}'
3298 ;
3299 @end group
3300 @end example
3301
3302 @noindent
3303 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3304 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3305
3306 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3307 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3308 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3309
3310 @example
3311 @group
3312 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3313 declarations statements '@}'
3314 | '@{' statements '@}'
3315 ;
3316 @end group
3317 @end example
3318
3319 @noindent
3320 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3321 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3322
3323 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3324 serves as a subroutine:
3325
3326 @example
3327 @group
3328 subroutine: /* empty */
3329 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3330 ;
3331
3332 @end group
3333
3334 @group
3335 compound: subroutine
3336 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3337 | subroutine
3338 '@{' statements '@}'
3339 ;
3340 @end group
3341 @end example
3342
3343 @noindent
3344 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3345 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use. Note that
3346 the action is now at the end of its rule. Any mid-rule action can be
3347 converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and this is what Bison
3348 actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3349
3350 @node Locations
3351 @section Tracking Locations
3352 @cindex location
3353 @cindex textual location
3354 @cindex location, textual
3355
3356 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3357 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3358 especially symbol locations.
3359
3360 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3361 actions to take when rules are matched.
3362
3363 @menu
3364 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3365 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3366 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3367 @end menu
3368
3369 @node Location Type
3370 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3371 @cindex data type of locations
3372 @cindex default location type
3373
3374 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3375 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3376
3377 The type of locations is specified by defining a macro called @code{YYLTYPE}.
3378 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3379 four members:
3380
3381 @example
3382 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3383 @{
3384 int first_line;
3385 int first_column;
3386 int last_line;
3387 int last_column;
3388 @} YYLTYPE;
3389 @end example
3390
3391 @node Actions and Locations
3392 @subsection Actions and Locations
3393 @cindex location actions
3394 @cindex actions, location
3395 @vindex @@$
3396 @vindex @@@var{n}
3397
3398 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3399 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3400
3401 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3402 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3403 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3404 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3405 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3406 @code{@@$}.
3407
3408 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3409
3410 @example
3411 @group
3412 exp: @dots{}
3413 | exp '/' exp
3414 @{
3415 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3416 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3417 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3418 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3419 if ($3)
3420 $$ = $1 / $3;
3421 else
3422 @{
3423 $$ = 1;
3424 fprintf (stderr,
3425 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3426 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3427 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3428 @}
3429 @}
3430 @end group
3431 @end example
3432
3433 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3434 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3435 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3436 last symbol.
3437
3438 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3439 example above simply rewrites this way:
3440
3441 @example
3442 @group
3443 exp: @dots{}
3444 | exp '/' exp
3445 @{
3446 if ($3)
3447 $$ = $1 / $3;
3448 else
3449 @{
3450 $$ = 1;
3451 fprintf (stderr,
3452 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3453 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3454 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3455 @}
3456 @}
3457 @end group
3458 @end example
3459
3460 @node Location Default Action
3461 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3462 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3463
3464 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3465 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3466 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3467 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3468 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3469 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3470
3471 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3472 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3473
3474 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3475 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3476 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3477 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3478 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side. When processing
3479 a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations of
3480 the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3481 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3482
3483 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3484
3485 @smallexample
3486 @group
3487 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3488 do \
3489 if (N) \
3490 @{ \
3491 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3492 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3493 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3494 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3495 @} \
3496 else \
3497 @{ \
3498 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3499 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3500 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3501 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3502 @} \
3503 while (0)
3504 @end group
3505 @end smallexample
3506
3507 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3508 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3509 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3510
3511 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3512
3513 @itemize @bullet
3514 @item
3515 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3516 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3517
3518 @item
3519 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3520 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3521 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3522 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3523
3524 @item
3525 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3526 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3527 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3528 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3529 @end itemize
3530
3531 @node Declarations
3532 @section Bison Declarations
3533 @cindex declarations, Bison
3534 @cindex Bison declarations
3535
3536 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3537 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3538 @xref{Symbols}.
3539
3540 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3541 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3542 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3543 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3544
3545 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3546 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3547 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3548 Grammars}).
3549
3550 @menu
3551 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3552 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3553 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3554 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3555 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3556 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3557 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3558 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3559 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3560 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3561 @end menu
3562
3563 @node Token Decl
3564 @subsection Token Type Names
3565 @cindex declaring token type names
3566 @cindex token type names, declaring
3567 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3568 @findex %token
3569
3570 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3571
3572 @example
3573 %token @var{name}
3574 @end example
3575
3576 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3577 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3578 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3579
3580 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3581 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3582 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3583 Precedence}.
3584
3585 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3586 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3587 following the token name:
3588
3589 @example
3590 %token NUM 300
3591 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3592 @end example
3593
3594 @noindent
3595 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3596 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3597 with each other or with normal characters.
3598
3599 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3600 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3601 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3602 Than One Value Type}).
3603
3604 For example:
3605
3606 @example
3607 @group
3608 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3609 double val;
3610 symrec *tptr;
3611 @}
3612 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3613 @end group
3614 @end example
3615
3616 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3617 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3618 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3619
3620 @example
3621 %token arrow "=>"
3622 @end example
3623
3624 @noindent
3625 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3626 equivalent literal string tokens:
3627
3628 @example
3629 %token <operator> OR "||"
3630 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3631 %left OR "<="
3632 @end example
3633
3634 @noindent
3635 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3636 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3637 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3638 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3639
3640 @node Precedence Decl
3641 @subsection Operator Precedence
3642 @cindex precedence declarations
3643 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3644 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3645
3646 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3647 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3648 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3649 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3650 operator precedence.
3651
3652 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3653 @code{%token}: either
3654
3655 @example
3656 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3657 @end example
3658
3659 @noindent
3660 or
3661
3662 @example
3663 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3664 @end example
3665
3666 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3667 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3668 all the @var{symbols}:
3669
3670 @itemize @bullet
3671 @item
3672 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3673 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3674 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3675 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3676 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3677 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3678 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3679 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3680 considered a syntax error.
3681
3682 @item
3683 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3684 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3685 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3686 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3687 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3688 @end itemize
3689
3690 @node Union Decl
3691 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3692 @cindex declaring value types
3693 @cindex value types, declaring
3694 @findex %union
3695
3696 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of possible
3697 data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is followed by a
3698 pair of braces containing the same thing that goes inside a @code{union} in
3699 C.
3700
3701 For example:
3702
3703 @example
3704 @group
3705 %union @{
3706 double val;
3707 symrec *tptr;
3708 @}
3709 @end group
3710 @end example
3711
3712 @noindent
3713 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3714 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3715 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3716 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3717
3718 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3719 @code{union}. For example:
3720
3721 @example
3722 @group
3723 %union value @{
3724 double val;
3725 symrec *tptr;
3726 @}
3727 @end group
3728 @end example
3729
3730 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3731 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3732 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3733
3734 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3735 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3736
3737 @node Type Decl
3738 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3739 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3740 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3741 @findex %type
3742
3743 @noindent
3744 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3745 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3746 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3747
3748 @example
3749 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3750 @end example
3751
3752 @noindent
3753 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3754 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3755 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3756 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3757 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3758 the symbol names.
3759
3760 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3761 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3762 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3763 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3764
3765 @node Initial Action Decl
3766 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3767 @findex %initial-action
3768
3769 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3770 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3771 code.
3772
3773 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3774 @findex %initial-action
3775 Declare that the @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3776 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3777 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the look-ahead --- and the
3778 @code{%parse-param}.
3779 @end deffn
3780
3781 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3782
3783 @example
3784 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3785 %initial-action
3786 @{
3787 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = file_name;
3788 @};
3789 @end example
3790
3791
3792 @node Destructor Decl
3793 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3794 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3795 @findex %destructor
3796
3797 Some symbols can be discarded by the parser. During error
3798 recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
3799 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file
3800 are discarded until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser
3801 runs out of memory, all the symbols on the stack must be discarded.
3802 Even if the parser succeeds, it must discard the start symbol.
3803
3804 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
3805 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
3806 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells
3807 or protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
3808
3809 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that
3810 is called when a symbol is discarded.
3811
3812 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3813 @findex %destructor
3814 Invoke @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
3815 @var{symbols}. Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic
3816 value associated with the discarded symbol. The additional
3817 parser parameters are also available
3818 (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
3819
3820 @strong{Warning:} as of Bison 2.1, this feature is still
3821 experimental, as there has not been enough user feedback. In particular,
3822 the syntax might still change.
3823 @end deffn
3824
3825 For instance:
3826
3827 @smallexample
3828 %union
3829 @{
3830 char *string;
3831 @}
3832 %token <string> STRING
3833 %type <string> string
3834 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3835 @end smallexample
3836
3837 @noindent
3838 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded,
3839 its associated memory will be freed.
3840
3841 Note that in the future, Bison might also consider that right hand side
3842 members that are not mentioned in the action can be destroyed. For
3843 instance, in:
3844
3845 @smallexample
3846 comment: "/*" STRING "*/";
3847 @end smallexample
3848
3849 @noindent
3850 the parser is entitled to destroy the semantic value of the
3851 @code{string}. Of course, this will not apply to the default action;
3852 compare:
3853
3854 @smallexample
3855 typeless: string; // $$ = $1 does not apply; $1 is destroyed.
3856 typefull: string; // $$ = $1 applies, $1 is not destroyed.
3857 @end smallexample
3858
3859 @sp 1
3860
3861 @cindex discarded symbols
3862 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
3863
3864 @itemize
3865 @item
3866 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
3867 @item
3868 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
3869 @item
3870 the current look-ahead and the entire stack when the parser aborts
3871 (either via an explicit call to @code{YYABORT}, or as a consequence of
3872 a failed error recovery or of memory exhaustion), and
3873 @item
3874 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
3875 @end itemize
3876
3877
3878 @node Expect Decl
3879 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
3880 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
3881 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
3882 @cindex warnings, preventing
3883 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
3884 @findex %expect
3885 @findex %expect-rr
3886
3887 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
3888 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
3889 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
3890 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
3891 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
3892 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
3893
3894 The declaration looks like this:
3895
3896 @example
3897 %expect @var{n}
3898 @end example
3899
3900 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should be
3901 no warning if there are @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no
3902 reduce/reduce conflicts. The usual warning is
3903 given if there are either more or fewer conflicts, or if there are any
3904 reduce/reduce conflicts.
3905
3906 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more serious,
3907 and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
3908 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, however,
3909 both shift/reduce and reduce/reduce are routine (otherwise, there
3910 would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing). Therefore, it is also possible
3911 to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts in @acronym{GLR}
3912 parsers, using the declaration:
3913
3914 @example
3915 %expect-rr @var{n}
3916 @end example
3917
3918 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
3919
3920 @itemize @bullet
3921 @item
3922 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
3923 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
3924 print the number of conflicts.
3925
3926 @item
3927 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
3928 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
3929 go back to the beginning.
3930
3931 @item
3932 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
3933 number which Bison printed.
3934 @end itemize
3935
3936 Now Bison will stop annoying you if you do not change the number of
3937 conflicts, but it will warn you again if changes in the grammar result
3938 in more or fewer conflicts.
3939
3940 @node Start Decl
3941 @subsection The Start-Symbol
3942 @cindex declaring the start symbol
3943 @cindex start symbol, declaring
3944 @cindex default start symbol
3945 @findex %start
3946
3947 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
3948 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
3949 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
3950
3951 @example
3952 %start @var{symbol}
3953 @end example
3954
3955 @node Pure Decl
3956 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
3957 @cindex reentrant parser
3958 @cindex pure parser
3959 @findex %pure-parser
3960
3961 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
3962 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
3963 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
3964 for example, a non-reentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
3965 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a non-reentrant
3966 program must be called only within interlocks.
3967
3968 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
3969 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
3970 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
3971 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
3972 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
3973
3974 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
3975 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
3976 reentrant. It looks like this:
3977
3978 @example
3979 %pure-parser
3980 @end example
3981
3982 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
3983 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
3984 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
3985 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
3986 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
3987 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
3988 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
3989 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
3990
3991 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
3992 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
3993 valid grammar.
3994
3995 @node Decl Summary
3996 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
3997 @cindex Bison declaration summary
3998 @cindex declaration summary
3999 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4000
4001 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4002
4003 @deffn {Directive} %union
4004 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4005 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4006 @end deffn
4007
4008 @deffn {Directive} %token
4009 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4010 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4011 @end deffn
4012
4013 @deffn {Directive} %right
4014 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4015 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4016 @end deffn
4017
4018 @deffn {Directive} %left
4019 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4020 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4021 @end deffn
4022
4023 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4024 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4025 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4026 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4027 @end deffn
4028
4029 @ifset defaultprec
4030 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4031 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4032 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4033 @end deffn
4034 @end ifset
4035
4036 @deffn {Directive} %type
4037 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4038 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4039 @end deffn
4040
4041 @deffn {Directive} %start
4042 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4043 Start-Symbol}).
4044 @end deffn
4045
4046 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4047 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4048 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4049 @end deffn
4050
4051
4052 @sp 1
4053 @noindent
4054 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4055 directives:
4056
4057 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4058 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4059 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4060 @end deffn
4061 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4062
4063 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4064 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4065 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4066 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4067 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4068
4069 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4070 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4071 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components
4072 that require other definitions, or if you have defined a
4073 @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic
4074 Values}), you need to arrange for these definitions to be propagated to
4075 all modules, e.g., by putting them in a
4076 prerequisite header that is included both by your parser and by any
4077 other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4078
4079 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4080 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4081 Parser}.
4082
4083 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4084 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4085 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4086 Locations}.
4087
4088 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the
4089 definition of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because
4090 @code{yylex} typically needs to be able to refer to the
4091 above-mentioned declarations and to the token type codes.
4092 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
4093 @end deffn
4094
4095 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4096 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4097 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4098 @end deffn
4099
4100 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4101 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4102 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4103 @end deffn
4104
4105 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4106 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4107 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4108 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4109 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4110 accurate syntax error messages.
4111 @end deffn
4112
4113 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4114 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4115 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4116 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4117 @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4118 possible @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4119 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4120 and so on. @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same
4121 Program}.
4122 @end deffn
4123
4124 @ifset defaultprec
4125 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4126 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4127 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4128 Precedence}).
4129 @end deffn
4130 @end ifset
4131
4132 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4133 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4134 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4135 declarations.
4136
4137 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4138 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4139 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4140 @end deffn
4141
4142 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4143 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4144 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4145 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4146 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4147 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4148 file in its own right.
4149 @end deffn
4150
4151 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4152 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4153 @end deffn
4154
4155 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4156 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4157 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4158 @end deffn
4159
4160 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4161 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4162 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4163 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4164 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4165 @code{"$end"},
4166 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4167 defined in the grammar file.
4168
4169 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4170 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4171 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4172 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4173 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4174 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4175 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4176 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4177
4178 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4179 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4180 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4181
4182 @table @code
4183 @item YYNTOKENS
4184 The highest token number, plus one.
4185 @item YYNNTS
4186 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4187 @item YYNRULES
4188 The number of grammar rules,
4189 @item YYNSTATES
4190 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4191 @end table
4192 @end deffn
4193
4194 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4195 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4196 parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
4197 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4198 information.
4199 @end deffn
4200
4201 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4202 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4203 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4204 @end deffn
4205
4206
4207 @node Multiple Parsers
4208 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4209
4210 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4211 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4212 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4213 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4214
4215 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4216 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4217 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4218 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4219 names that do not conflict.
4220
4221 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4222 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4223 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4224 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4225
4226 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4227 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4228 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4229 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4230 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4231
4232 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4233 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4234 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4235 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4236
4237 @node Interface
4238 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4239 @cindex C-language interface
4240 @cindex interface
4241
4242 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4243 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4244 functions that it needs to use.
4245
4246 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4247 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4248 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4249 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4250
4251 @menu
4252 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4253 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4254 which reads tokens.
4255 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4256 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4257 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4258 native language.
4259 @end menu
4260
4261 @node Parser Function
4262 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4263 @findex yyparse
4264
4265 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4266 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4267 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4268 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4269 without reading further.
4270
4271
4272 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4273 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4274 is due to end-of-input).
4275
4276 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4277 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4278 invoked.
4279
4280 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4281 @end deftypefun
4282
4283 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4284 these macros:
4285
4286 @defmac YYACCEPT
4287 @findex YYACCEPT
4288 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4289 @end defmac
4290
4291 @defmac YYABORT
4292 @findex YYABORT
4293 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4294 @end defmac
4295
4296 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4297 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4298 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4299
4300 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4301 @findex %parse-param
4302 Declare that an argument declared by @code{argument-declaration} is an
4303 additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4304 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4305 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4306 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4307 @end deffn
4308
4309 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4310
4311 @example
4312 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4313 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4314 @end example
4315
4316 @noindent
4317 Then call the parser like this:
4318
4319 @example
4320 @{
4321 int nastiness, randomness;
4322 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4323 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4324 @dots{}
4325 @}
4326 @end example
4327
4328 @noindent
4329 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4330
4331 @example
4332 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4333 @end example
4334
4335
4336 @node Lexical
4337 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4338 @findex yylex
4339 @cindex lexical analyzer
4340
4341 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4342 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4343 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4344 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4345
4346 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4347 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4348 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4349 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4350 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4351 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4352 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4353
4354 @menu
4355 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4356 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4357 of the token it has read.
4358 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4359 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4360 actions want that.
4361 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4362 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4363 @end menu
4364
4365 @node Calling Convention
4366 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4367
4368 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4369 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4370 signifies end-of-input.
4371
4372 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4373 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4374 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4375 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4376
4377 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4378 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4379 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4380 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4381 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4382 signifies end-of-input.
4383
4384 Here is an example showing these things:
4385
4386 @example
4387 int
4388 yylex (void)
4389 @{
4390 @dots{}
4391 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4392 return 0;
4393 @dots{}
4394 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4395 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4396 @dots{}
4397 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4398 @dots{}
4399 @}
4400 @end example
4401
4402 @noindent
4403 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4404 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4405
4406 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4407 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4408
4409 @itemize @bullet
4410 @item
4411 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4412 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4413 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4414 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4415
4416 @item
4417 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4418 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4419 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4420 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4421 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4422 to Bison.
4423
4424 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4425 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4426 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4427 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4428
4429 @smallexample
4430 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4431 @{
4432 if (yytname[i] != 0
4433 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4434 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4435 strlen (token_buffer))
4436 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4437 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4438 break;
4439 @}
4440 @end smallexample
4441
4442 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4443 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4444 @end itemize
4445
4446 @node Token Values
4447 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4448
4449 @vindex yylval
4450 In an ordinary (non-reentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4451 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4452 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4453 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4454 @code{yylex}:
4455
4456 @example
4457 @group
4458 @dots{}
4459 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4460 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4461 @dots{}
4462 @end group
4463 @end example
4464
4465 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4466 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4467 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4468 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4469 declaration looks like this:
4470
4471 @example
4472 @group
4473 %union @{
4474 int intval;
4475 double val;
4476 symrec *tptr;
4477 @}
4478 @end group
4479 @end example
4480
4481 @noindent
4482 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4483
4484 @example
4485 @group
4486 @dots{}
4487 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4488 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4489 @dots{}
4490 @end group
4491 @end example
4492
4493 @node Token Locations
4494 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4495
4496 @vindex yylloc
4497 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4498 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the
4499 textual locations of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this
4500 information in @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to
4501 find the textual location of a token just parsed in the global variable
4502 @code{yylloc}. So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that
4503 variable.
4504
4505 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4506 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4507 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4508 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4509 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4510
4511 @tindex YYLTYPE
4512 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4513
4514 @node Pure Calling
4515 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4516
4517 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4518 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4519 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4520 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4521 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4522 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4523 pointers.
4524
4525 @example
4526 int
4527 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4528 @{
4529 @dots{}
4530 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4531 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4532 @dots{}
4533 @}
4534 @end example
4535
4536 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4537 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4538 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4539 only one argument.
4540
4541
4542 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4543 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4544 Function}).
4545
4546 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4547 @findex %lex-param
4548 Declare that @code{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yylex}
4549 argument declaration.
4550 @end deffn
4551
4552 For instance:
4553
4554 @example
4555 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4556 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4557 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4558 @end example
4559
4560 @noindent
4561 results in the following signature:
4562
4563 @example
4564 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4565 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4566 @end example
4567
4568 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4569
4570 @example
4571 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4572 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4573 @end example
4574
4575 @noindent
4576 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4577
4578 @example
4579 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4580 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4581 @end example
4582
4583 @node Error Reporting
4584 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4585 @cindex error reporting function
4586 @findex yyerror
4587 @cindex parse error
4588 @cindex syntax error
4589
4590 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4591 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4592 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4593 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4594 in Actions}).
4595
4596 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4597 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4598 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4599 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4600 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4601
4602 @findex %error-verbose
4603 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4604 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4605 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4606 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4607
4608 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4609 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4610 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4611 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4612 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4613 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4614
4615 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4616 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4617 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4618
4619 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4620
4621 @example
4622 @group
4623 void
4624 yyerror (char const *s)
4625 @{
4626 @end group
4627 @group
4628 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4629 @}
4630 @end group
4631 @end example
4632
4633 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4634 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4635 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4636 immediately return 1.
4637
4638 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4639 an access to the current location.
4640 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4641 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4642 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4643 @code{yyerror} are:
4644
4645 @example
4646 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4647 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4648 @end example
4649
4650 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4651
4652 @example
4653 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4654 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4655 @end example
4656
4657 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4658 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4659 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4660 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4661
4662 @example
4663 /* Location tracking. */
4664 %locations
4665 /* Pure yylex. */
4666 %pure-parser
4667 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4668 /* Pure yyparse. */
4669 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4670 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4671 @end example
4672
4673 @noindent
4674 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4675
4676 @example
4677 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4678 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4679 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4680 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4681 char const *msg);
4682 @end example
4683
4684 @noindent
4685 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4686 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4687 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4688 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4689 message is always passed last.
4690
4691 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4692 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4693 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4694 @code{yyerror}.
4695
4696 @vindex yynerrs
4697 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4698 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4699 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4700 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4701
4702 @node Action Features
4703 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4704 @cindex summary, action features
4705 @cindex action features summary
4706
4707 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4708 are useful in actions.
4709
4710 @deffn {Variable} $$
4711 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4712 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4713 @end deffn
4714
4715 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4716 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4717 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4718 @end deffn
4719
4720 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4721 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4722 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4723 Types of Values in Actions}.
4724 @end deffn
4725
4726 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4727 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4728 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4729 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4730 @end deffn
4731
4732 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4733 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4734 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4735 @end deffn
4736
4737 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4738 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4739 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4740 @end deffn
4741
4742 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4743 @findex YYBACKUP
4744 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4745 a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token.
4746 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4747 It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and
4748 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4749 going to be reduced by this rule.
4750
4751 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4752 a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4753 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4754 recovery.
4755
4756 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4757 @end deffn
4758
4759 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4760 @vindex YYEMPTY
4761 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token.
4762 @end deffn
4763
4764 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4765 @findex YYERROR
4766 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4767 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4768 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4769 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4770 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4771 @end deffn
4772
4773 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4774 This macro stands for an expression that has the value 1 when the parser
4775 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the rest of the time.
4776 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4777 @end deffn
4778
4779 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4780 Variable containing the current look-ahead token. (In a pure parser,
4781 this is actually a local variable within @code{yyparse}.) When there is
4782 no look-ahead token, the value @code{YYEMPTY} is stored in the variable.
4783 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
4784 @end deffn
4785
4786 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4787 Discard the current look-ahead token. This is useful primarily in
4788 error rules. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4789 @end deffn
4790
4791 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4792 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4793 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4794 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4795 @end deffn
4796
4797 @deffn {Value} @@$
4798 @findex @@$
4799 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4800 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4801 Tracking Locations}.
4802
4803 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4804
4805 @c @example
4806 @c struct @{
4807 @c int first_line, last_line;
4808 @c int first_column, last_column;
4809 @c @};
4810 @c @end example
4811
4812 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4813 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4814
4815 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
4816 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
4817 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
4818 @c those members.
4819
4820 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4821 @end deffn
4822
4823 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
4824 @findex @@@var{n}
4825 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4826 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4827 Tracking Locations}.
4828 @end deffn
4829
4830 @node Internationalization
4831 @section Parser Internationalization
4832 @cindex internationalization
4833 @cindex i18n
4834 @cindex NLS
4835 @cindex gettext
4836 @cindex bison-po
4837
4838 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
4839 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
4840 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language.
4841 To make this work, the user should set the usual environment
4842 variables. @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU
4843 @code{gettext} utilities}. For
4844 example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might set
4845 the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
4846 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
4847 installation.
4848
4849 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
4850 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
4851 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
4852 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
4853
4854 @enumerate
4855 @item
4856 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
4857 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
4858 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
4859 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
4860 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
4861 For example:
4862
4863 @example
4864 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
4865 @end example
4866
4867 @item
4868 @findex BISON_I18N
4869 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
4870 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
4871 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
4872 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
4873 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
4874 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
4875 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
4876 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
4877 Bison-generated parser.
4878
4879 @item
4880 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
4881 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
4882 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
4883 For example:
4884
4885 @example
4886 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
4887 @end example
4888
4889 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
4890 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
4891 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
4892 @file{Makefile}.
4893
4894 @item
4895 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
4896 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
4897 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
4898
4899 @example
4900 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
4901 @end example
4902
4903 or:
4904
4905 @example
4906 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
4907 @end example
4908
4909 @item
4910 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
4911 infrastructure.
4912 @end enumerate
4913
4914
4915 @node Algorithm
4916 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
4917 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
4918 @cindex algorithm of parser
4919 @cindex shifting
4920 @cindex reduction
4921 @cindex parser stack
4922 @cindex stack, parser
4923
4924 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
4925 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
4926 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
4927
4928 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
4929 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
4930 that was shifted.
4931
4932 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
4933 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
4934 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
4935 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
4936 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
4937 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
4938 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
4939
4940 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
4941
4942 @example
4943 1 + 5 * 3
4944 @end example
4945
4946 @noindent
4947 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
4948 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
4949
4950 @example
4951 expr: expr '*' expr;
4952 @end example
4953
4954 @noindent
4955 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
4956
4957 @example
4958 1 + 15
4959 @end example
4960
4961 @noindent
4962 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
4963 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
4964
4965 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
4966 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
4967 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
4968
4969 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
4970
4971 @menu
4972 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
4973 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
4974 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
4975 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
4976 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
4977 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
4978 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
4979 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
4980 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
4981 @end menu
4982
4983 @node Look-Ahead
4984 @section Look-Ahead Tokens
4985 @cindex look-ahead token
4986
4987 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
4988 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
4989 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
4990 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
4991 token in order to decide what to do.
4992
4993 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
4994 @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
4995 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
4996 the look-ahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
4997 should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
4998 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
4999 token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5000 application.
5001
5002 Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed. These three rules define
5003 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5004 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5005
5006 @example
5007 @group
5008 expr: term '+' expr
5009 | term
5010 ;
5011 @end group
5012
5013 @group
5014 term: '(' expr ')'
5015 | term '!'
5016 | NUMBER
5017 ;
5018 @end group
5019 @end example
5020
5021 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5022 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5023 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5024 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5025 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5026
5027 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5028 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5029 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5030 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5031 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5032 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5033
5034 @vindex yychar
5035 The current look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5036 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5037
5038 @node Shift/Reduce
5039 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5040 @cindex conflicts
5041 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5042 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5043 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5044
5045 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5046 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5047
5048 @example
5049 @group
5050 if_stmt:
5051 IF expr THEN stmt
5052 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5053 ;
5054 @end group
5055 @end example
5056
5057 @noindent
5058 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5059 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5060
5061 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the
5062 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5063 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5064 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5065 rule.
5066
5067 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5068 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5069 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5070 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5071 contrast it with the other alternative.
5072
5073 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5074 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5075 equivalent:
5076
5077 @example
5078 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5079
5080 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5081 @end example
5082
5083 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5084 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5085 making these two inputs equivalent:
5086
5087 @example
5088 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5089
5090 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5091 @end example
5092
5093 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5094 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5095 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5096 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5097 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5098 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5099 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5100 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5101
5102 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5103 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5104 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5105 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5106
5107 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5108 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5109 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5110 conflict:
5111
5112 @example
5113 @group
5114 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5115 %%
5116 @end group
5117 @group
5118 stmt: expr
5119 | if_stmt
5120 ;
5121 @end group
5122
5123 @group
5124 if_stmt:
5125 IF expr THEN stmt
5126 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5127 ;
5128 @end group
5129
5130 expr: variable
5131 ;
5132 @end example
5133
5134 @node Precedence
5135 @section Operator Precedence
5136 @cindex operator precedence
5137 @cindex precedence of operators
5138
5139 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5140 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5141 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5142 shift and when to reduce.
5143
5144 @menu
5145 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5146 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5147 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5148 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5149 @end menu
5150
5151 @node Why Precedence
5152 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5153
5154 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5155 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5156
5157 @example
5158 @group
5159 expr: expr '-' expr
5160 | expr '*' expr
5161 | expr '<' expr
5162 | '(' expr ')'
5163 @dots{}
5164 ;
5165 @end group
5166 @end example
5167
5168 @noindent
5169 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5170 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5171 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5172 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5173 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5174 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5175 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5176 different results.
5177
5178 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5179 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5180 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5181 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5182 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5183 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5184 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5185 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5186 @samp{<}.
5187
5188 @cindex associativity
5189 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5190 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5191 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5192 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5193 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5194 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5195 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5196 makes right-associativity.
5197
5198 @node Using Precedence
5199 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5200 @findex %left
5201 @findex %right
5202 @findex %nonassoc
5203
5204 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5205 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5206 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5207 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5208 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5209 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5210 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5211 row''.
5212
5213 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5214 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5215 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5216 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5217 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5218
5219 @node Precedence Examples
5220 @subsection Precedence Examples
5221
5222 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5223
5224 @example
5225 %left '<'
5226 %left '-'
5227 %left '*'
5228 @end example
5229
5230 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5231 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5232 declared with @code{'-'}:
5233
5234 @example
5235 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5236 %left '+' '-'
5237 %left '*' '/'
5238 @end example
5239
5240 @noindent
5241 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5242 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5243 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5244
5245 @node How Precedence
5246 @subsection How Precedence Works
5247
5248 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5249 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5250 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5251 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5252 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5253 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5254
5255 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5256 of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token. If the
5257 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5258 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5259 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5260 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5261 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5262 resolved.
5263
5264 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5265 the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5266
5267 @node Contextual Precedence
5268 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5269 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5270 @cindex unary operator precedence
5271 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5272 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5273 @findex %prec
5274
5275 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5276 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5277 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5278 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5279
5280 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5281 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5282 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5283 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5284 modifier for rules.
5285
5286 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5287 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5288 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5289 modifier's syntax is:
5290
5291 @example
5292 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5293 @end example
5294
5295 @noindent
5296 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5297 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5298 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5299 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5300 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5301
5302 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5303 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5304 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5305 precedence:
5306
5307 @example
5308 @dots{}
5309 %left '+' '-'
5310 %left '*'
5311 %left UMINUS
5312 @end example
5313
5314 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5315
5316 @example
5317 @group
5318 exp: @dots{}
5319 | exp '-' exp
5320 @dots{}
5321 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5322 @end group
5323 @end example
5324
5325 @ifset defaultprec
5326 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5327 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5328 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5329 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5330
5331 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5332 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5333 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5334 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5335
5336 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5337 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5338 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5339 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5340 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5341 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5342
5343 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5344 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5345 @end ifset
5346
5347 @node Parser States
5348 @section Parser States
5349 @cindex finite-state machine
5350 @cindex parser state
5351 @cindex state (of parser)
5352
5353 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5354 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5355 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5356 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5357 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5358
5359 Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together
5360 with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5361 entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.'' In this case, it also
5362 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5363 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5364 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5365 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5366 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5367 pushed.
5368
5369 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token
5370 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5371 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5372
5373 @node Reduce/Reduce
5374 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5375 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5376 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5377
5378 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5379 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5380 in the grammar.
5381
5382 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5383 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5384
5385 @example
5386 sequence: /* empty */
5387 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5388 | maybeword
5389 | sequence word
5390 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5391 ;
5392
5393 maybeword: /* empty */
5394 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5395 | word
5396 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5397 ;
5398 @end example
5399
5400 @noindent
5401 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5402 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5403 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5404 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5405 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5406 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5407
5408 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5409 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5410 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5411
5412 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5413 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5414 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5415 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5416 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5417
5418 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5419 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5420 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5421 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5422
5423 @example
5424 sequence: /* empty */
5425 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5426 | sequence word
5427 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5428 ;
5429 @end example
5430
5431 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5432
5433 @example
5434 sequence: /* empty */
5435 | sequence words
5436 | sequence redirects
5437 ;
5438
5439 words: /* empty */
5440 | words word
5441 ;
5442
5443 redirects:/* empty */
5444 | redirects redirect
5445 ;
5446 @end example
5447
5448 @noindent
5449 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5450 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5451 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5452 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5453 in infinitely many ways!
5454
5455 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5456 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5457 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5458 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5459
5460 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5461 of sequence:
5462
5463 @example
5464 sequence: /* empty */
5465 | sequence word
5466 | sequence redirect
5467 ;
5468 @end example
5469
5470 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5471 from being empty:
5472
5473 @example
5474 sequence: /* empty */
5475 | sequence words
5476 | sequence redirects
5477 ;
5478
5479 words: word
5480 | words word
5481 ;
5482
5483 redirects:redirect
5484 | redirects redirect
5485 ;
5486 @end example
5487
5488 @node Mystery Conflicts
5489 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5490
5491 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5492 Here is an example:
5493
5494 @example
5495 @group
5496 %token ID
5497
5498 %%
5499 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5500 ;
5501 param_spec:
5502 type
5503 | name_list ':' type
5504 ;
5505 @end group
5506 @group
5507 return_spec:
5508 type
5509 | name ':' type
5510 ;
5511 @end group
5512 @group
5513 type: ID
5514 ;
5515 @end group
5516 @group
5517 name: ID
5518 ;
5519 name_list:
5520 name
5521 | name ',' name_list
5522 ;
5523 @end group
5524 @end example
5525
5526 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5527 of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5528 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5529 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5530
5531 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5532 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5533 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5534 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5535 an @code{ID}
5536 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5537 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5538 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5539 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5540 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5541 that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two
5542 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5543 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5544 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5545
5546 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5547 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5548 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5549 and tend to
5550 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5551 as it is now.
5552
5553 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5554 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5555 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5556 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5557
5558 @example
5559 @group
5560 %token BOGUS
5561 @dots{}
5562 %%
5563 @dots{}
5564 return_spec:
5565 type
5566 | name ':' type
5567 /* This rule is never used. */
5568 | ID BOGUS
5569 ;
5570 @end group
5571 @end example
5572
5573 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5574 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5575 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5576 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5577 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5578 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5579
5580 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5581 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5582 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5583 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5584 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5585 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5586
5587 @example
5588 param_spec:
5589 type
5590 | name_list ':' type
5591 ;
5592 return_spec:
5593 type
5594 | ID ':' type
5595 ;
5596 @end example
5597
5598 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5599 generators, please see:
5600 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5601 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5602 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5603 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5604
5605 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5606 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5607 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5608 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5609 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5610 @cindex non-deterministic parsing
5611
5612 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5613 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5614 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of look-ahead.
5615 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5616 context-free languages.
5617 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5618 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5619 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5620 look-ahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5621 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5622 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5623 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5624 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5625
5626 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5627 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5628 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5629 parser uses the same basic
5630 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5631 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5632 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5633 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5634 situation, it
5635 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5636 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5637 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5638 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5639 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5640
5641 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5642 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5643 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5644 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5645 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5646 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5647 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5648 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5649 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5650 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5651 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5652 stream.
5653
5654 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5655 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5656 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5657 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5658 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5659 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5660 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5661 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5662 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5663 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5664 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5665 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5666
5667 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5668 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5669 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5670 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5671 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5672 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5673 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5674 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5675 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or non-deterministic
5676 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5677 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5678 Usually, non-determinism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5679 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5680 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5681 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5682 Bison parser.
5683
5684 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5685 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5686 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5687 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5688 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5689 (2000-12-24).
5690
5691 @node Memory Management
5692 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5693 @cindex memory exhaustion
5694 @cindex memory management
5695 @cindex stack overflow
5696 @cindex parser stack overflow
5697 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5698
5699 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5700 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5701 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5702
5703 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5704 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5705 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5706
5707 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5708 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5709 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5710 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5711 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5712
5713 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5714 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5715 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5716 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5717 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5718 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5719
5720 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5721 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5722 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5723 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5724
5725 @cindex default stack limit
5726 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5727 10000.
5728
5729 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5730 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5731 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5732 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5733 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5734 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5735
5736 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5737
5738 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5739 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5740 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
5741 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5742 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
5743 this deficiency in a future release.
5744
5745 @node Error Recovery
5746 @chapter Error Recovery
5747 @cindex error recovery
5748 @cindex recovery from errors
5749
5750 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5751 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5752 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5753 another expression.
5754
5755 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5756 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5757 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5758 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5759 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5760 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5761 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5762
5763 @findex error
5764 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5765 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5766 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5767 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5768 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5769 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5770
5771 For example:
5772
5773 @example
5774 stmnts: /* empty string */
5775 | stmnts '\n'
5776 | stmnts exp '\n'
5777 | stmnts error '\n'
5778 @end example
5779
5780 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5781 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5782
5783 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5784 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5785 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5786 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5787 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5788 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5789 applicable in the ordinary way.
5790
5791 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5792 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5793 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5794 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5795 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5796 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5797 look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5798 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5799 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5800 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5801 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5802 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5803
5804 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5805 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5806 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5807
5808 @example
5809 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5810 @end example
5811
5812 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
5813 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
5814 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
5815 spurious error message:
5816
5817 @example
5818 primary: '(' expr ')'
5819 | '(' error ')'
5820 @dots{}
5821 ;
5822 @end example
5823
5824 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
5825 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
5826 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
5827 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
5828 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
5829 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
5830 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
5831 @code{stmnt}.
5832
5833 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
5834 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
5835 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
5836 error messages resume.
5837
5838 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
5839 as any other rules can.
5840
5841 @findex yyerrok
5842 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
5843 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
5844 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
5845 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
5846
5847 @findex yyclearin
5848 The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
5849 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
5850 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
5851 action.
5852
5853 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
5854 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
5855 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
5856 probably correct. The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded
5857 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
5858
5859 @vindex YYRECOVERING
5860 The macro @code{YYRECOVERING} stands for an expression that has the
5861 value 1 when the parser is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the
5862 rest of the time. A value of 1 indicates that error messages are
5863 currently suppressed for new syntax errors.
5864
5865 @node Context Dependency
5866 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
5867
5868 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
5869 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
5870 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
5871 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
5872 languages.
5873
5874 @menu
5875 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
5876 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
5877 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
5878 error recovery rules must be written.
5879 @end menu
5880
5881 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
5882 neither clean nor robust.)
5883
5884 @node Semantic Tokens
5885 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
5886
5887 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
5888 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
5889
5890 @example
5891 foo (x);
5892 @end example
5893
5894 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
5895 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
5896 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
5897
5898 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
5899 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
5900 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
5901 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
5902 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
5903
5904 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
5905 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
5906 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
5907 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
5908 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
5909 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
5910 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
5911
5912 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
5913 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
5914 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
5915 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
5916 earlier:
5917
5918 @example
5919 typedef int foo, bar;
5920 int baz (void)
5921 @{
5922 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
5923 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
5924 return foo (bar);
5925 @}
5926 @end example
5927
5928 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
5929 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
5930
5931 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
5932 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
5933 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
5934 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
5935 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
5936
5937 @example
5938 initdcl:
5939 declarator maybeasm '='
5940 init
5941 | declarator maybeasm
5942 ;
5943
5944 notype_initdcl:
5945 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
5946 init
5947 | notype_declarator maybeasm
5948 ;
5949 @end example
5950
5951 @noindent
5952 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
5953 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
5954 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
5955
5956 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
5957 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
5958 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
5959 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
5960 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
5961 the syntactic context.
5962
5963 @node Lexical Tie-ins
5964 @section Lexical Tie-ins
5965 @cindex lexical tie-in
5966
5967 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
5968 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
5969 parsed.
5970
5971 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
5972 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
5973 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
5974 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
5975 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
5976
5977 @example
5978 @group
5979 %@{
5980 int hexflag;
5981 int yylex (void);
5982 void yyerror (char const *);
5983 %@}
5984 %%
5985 @dots{}
5986 @end group
5987 @group
5988 expr: IDENTIFIER
5989 | constant
5990 | HEX '('
5991 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
5992 expr ')'
5993 @{ hexflag = 0;
5994 $$ = $4; @}
5995 | expr '+' expr
5996 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
5997 @dots{}
5998 ;
5999 @end group
6000
6001 @group
6002 constant:
6003 INTEGER
6004 | STRING
6005 ;
6006 @end group
6007 @end example
6008
6009 @noindent
6010 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6011 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6012 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6013
6014 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6015 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6016 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6017
6018 @node Tie-in Recovery
6019 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6020
6021 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6022 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6023
6024 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6025 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6026 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6027 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6028
6029 @example
6030 stmt: expr ';'
6031 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6032 @dots{}
6033 error ';'
6034 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6035 ;
6036 @end example
6037
6038 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6039 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6040 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6041 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6042 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6043
6044 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6045
6046 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6047 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6048 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6049
6050 @example
6051 @group
6052 expr: @dots{}
6053 | '(' expr ')'
6054 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6055 | '(' error ')'
6056 @dots{}
6057 @end group
6058 @end example
6059
6060 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6061 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6062 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6063 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6064
6065 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6066 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6067 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6068 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6069 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6070 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6071 clear the flag.
6072
6073 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6074
6075 @node Debugging
6076 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6077
6078 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6079 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6080 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6081 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6082 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6083 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6084
6085 @menu
6086 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6087 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6088 @end menu
6089
6090 @node Understanding
6091 @section Understanding Your Parser
6092
6093 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6094 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6095 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6096 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6097 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6098 file).
6099
6100 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6101 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6102 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6103 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6104 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6105 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6106 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6107
6108 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6109
6110 @example
6111 %token NUM STR
6112 %left '+' '-'
6113 %left '*'
6114 %%
6115 exp: exp '+' exp
6116 | exp '-' exp
6117 | exp '*' exp
6118 | exp '/' exp
6119 | NUM
6120 ;
6121 useless: STR;
6122 %%
6123 @end example
6124
6125 @command{bison} reports:
6126
6127 @example
6128 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6129 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6130 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6131 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6132 @end example
6133
6134 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6135 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6136 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6137 interpretation is the same.
6138
6139 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6140 to precedence and/or associativity:
6141
6142 @example
6143 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6144 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6145 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6146 @exdent @dots{}
6147 @end example
6148
6149 @noindent
6150 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6151
6152 @example
6153 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6154 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6155 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6156 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6157 @end example
6158
6159 @noindent
6160 @cindex token, useless
6161 @cindex useless token
6162 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6163 @cindex useless nonterminal
6164 @cindex rule, useless
6165 @cindex useless rule
6166 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6167 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6168 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6169 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6170 below):
6171
6172 @example
6173 Useless nonterminals:
6174 useless
6175
6176 Terminals which are not used:
6177 STR
6178
6179 Useless rules:
6180 #6 useless: STR;
6181 @end example
6182
6183 @noindent
6184 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6185
6186 @example
6187 Grammar
6188
6189 Number, Line, Rule
6190 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6191 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6192 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6193 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6194 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6195 5 9 exp -> NUM
6196 @end example
6197
6198 @noindent
6199 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6200
6201 @example
6202 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6203
6204 $end (0) 0
6205 '*' (42) 3
6206 '+' (43) 1
6207 '-' (45) 2
6208 '/' (47) 4
6209 error (256)
6210 NUM (258) 5
6211
6212 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6213
6214 $accept (8)
6215 on left: 0
6216 exp (9)
6217 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6218 @end example
6219
6220 @noindent
6221 @cindex item
6222 @cindex pointed rule
6223 @cindex rule, pointed
6224 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6225 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6226 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6227 that the input cursor.
6228
6229 @example
6230 state 0
6231
6232 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6233
6234 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6235
6236 exp go to state 2
6237 @end example
6238
6239 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6240 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6241 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6242 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6243 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6244 symbol, and the look-ahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6245 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6246 look-ahead triggers a syntax error.''
6247
6248 @cindex core, item set
6249 @cindex item set core
6250 @cindex kernel, item set
6251 @cindex item set core
6252 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6253 report lists @code{NUM} as a look-ahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6254 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6255 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6256 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6257 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6258 be derived:
6259
6260 @example
6261 state 0
6262
6263 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6264 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6265 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6266 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6267 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6268 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6269
6270 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6271
6272 exp go to state 2
6273 @end example
6274
6275 @noindent
6276 In the state 1...
6277
6278 @example
6279 state 1
6280
6281 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6282
6283 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6284 @end example
6285
6286 @noindent
6287 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the look-ahead token
6288 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6289 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6290 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6291
6292 @example
6293 state 2
6294
6295 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6296 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6297 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6298 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6299 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6300
6301 $ shift, and go to state 3
6302 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6303 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6304 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6305 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6306 @end example
6307
6308 @noindent
6309 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6310 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the look-ahead if
6311 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6312 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6313 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6314 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6315
6316 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6317 state}:
6318
6319 @example
6320 state 3
6321
6322 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6323
6324 $default accept
6325 @end example
6326
6327 @noindent
6328 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6329 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6330
6331 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6332 the reader.
6333
6334 @example
6335 state 4
6336
6337 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6338
6339 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6340
6341 exp go to state 8
6342
6343 state 5
6344
6345 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6346
6347 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6348
6349 exp go to state 9
6350
6351 state 6
6352
6353 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6354
6355 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6356
6357 exp go to state 10
6358
6359 state 7
6360
6361 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6362
6363 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6364
6365 exp go to state 11
6366 @end example
6367
6368 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6369 1 shift/reduce}:
6370
6371 @example
6372 state 8
6373
6374 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6375 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6376 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6377 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6378 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6379
6380 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6381 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6382
6383 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6384 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6385 @end example
6386
6387 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the look-ahead @samp{/}:
6388 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6389 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6390 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6391 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6392 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6393 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6394 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6395
6396 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6397 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6398 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6399 square brackets.
6400
6401 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6402 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6403 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6404 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6405 possible, the look-ahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6406 one such state: if the look-ahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6407 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6408 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6409 look-ahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6410 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6411 with some set of possible look-ahead tokens. When run with
6412 @option{--report=look-ahead}, Bison specifies these look-ahead tokens:
6413
6414 @example
6415 state 8
6416
6417 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6418 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6419 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6420 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6421 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6422
6423 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6424 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6425
6426 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6427 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6428 @end example
6429
6430 The remaining states are similar:
6431
6432 @example
6433 state 9
6434
6435 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6436 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6437 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6438 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6439 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6440
6441 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6442 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6443
6444 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6445 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6446
6447 state 10
6448
6449 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6450 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6451 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6452 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6453 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6454
6455 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6456
6457 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6458 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6459
6460 state 11
6461
6462 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6463 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6464 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6465 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6466 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6467
6468 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6469 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6470 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6471 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6472
6473 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6474 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6475 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6476 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6477 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6478 @end example
6479
6480 @noindent
6481 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6482 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6483 @samp{*}, but also because the
6484 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6485
6486
6487 @node Tracing
6488 @section Tracing Your Parser
6489 @findex yydebug
6490 @cindex debugging
6491 @cindex tracing the parser
6492
6493 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6494 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6495
6496 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6497
6498 @table @asis
6499 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6500 @findex YYDEBUG
6501 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6502 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6503 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6504 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6505 Prologue}).
6506
6507 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6508 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6509 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6510
6511 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6512 @findex %debug
6513 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6514 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6515 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6516 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6517 you, this is
6518 the preferred solution.
6519 @end table
6520
6521 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6522 always possible.
6523
6524 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6525 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6526 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6527 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6528 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6529 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6530
6531 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6532 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6533 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6534 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6535
6536 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6537 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6538 messages tell you these things:
6539
6540 @itemize @bullet
6541 @item
6542 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6543
6544 @item
6545 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6546 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6547
6548 @item
6549 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6550 of the state stack afterward.
6551 @end itemize
6552
6553 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6554 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6555 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6556 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6557 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6558 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6559 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6560 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6561 grammar are to blame.
6562
6563 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6564 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6565 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6566 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6567 the grammar it is working.
6568
6569 @findex YYPRINT
6570 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6571 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6572 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6573 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6574 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6575 value (from @code{yylval}).
6576
6577 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6578 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6579
6580 @smallexample
6581 %@{
6582 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6583 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6584 %@}
6585
6586 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6587
6588 static void
6589 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6590 @{
6591 if (type == VAR)
6592 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6593 else if (type == NUM)
6594 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6595 @}
6596 @end smallexample
6597
6598 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6599
6600 @node Invocation
6601 @chapter Invoking Bison
6602 @cindex invoking Bison
6603 @cindex Bison invocation
6604 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6605
6606 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6607
6608 @example
6609 bison @var{infile}
6610 @end example
6611
6612 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6613 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6614 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6615 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6616 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6617 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6618 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6619 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6620 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6621 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6622 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6623 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6624
6625 For example :
6626
6627 @example
6628 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6629 @end example
6630 @noindent
6631 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6632
6633 @example
6634 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6635 @end example
6636 @noindent
6637 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6638
6639 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6640 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6641 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6642
6643 @menu
6644 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6645 in alphabetical order by short options.
6646 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6647 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6648 @end menu
6649
6650 @node Bison Options
6651 @section Bison Options
6652
6653 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6654 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6655 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6656 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6657 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6658 @samp{=}.
6659
6660 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6661 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6662 option.
6663
6664 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6665 @noindent
6666 Operations modes:
6667 @table @option
6668 @item -h
6669 @itemx --help
6670 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6671
6672 @item -V
6673 @itemx --version
6674 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6675
6676 @item --print-localedir
6677 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6678
6679 @need 1750
6680 @item -y
6681 @itemx --yacc
6682 Equivalent to @samp{-o y.tab.c}; the parser output file is called
6683 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6684 @file{y.tab.h}. The purpose of this option is to imitate Yacc's output
6685 file name conventions. Thus, the following shell script can substitute
6686 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for
6687 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6688
6689 @example
6690 #! /bin/sh
6691 bison -y "$@@"
6692 @end example
6693 @end table
6694
6695 @noindent
6696 Tuning the parser:
6697
6698 @table @option
6699 @item -S @var{file}
6700 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6701 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6702 you are developing Bison.
6703
6704 @item -t
6705 @itemx --debug
6706 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6707 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6708 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6709
6710 @item --locations
6711 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6712
6713 @item -p @var{prefix}
6714 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6715 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6716 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6717
6718 @item -l
6719 @itemx --no-lines
6720 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6721 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6722 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6723 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6724 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6725
6726 @item -n
6727 @itemx --no-parser
6728 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6729
6730 @item -k
6731 @itemx --token-table
6732 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6733 @end table
6734
6735 @noindent
6736 Adjust the output:
6737
6738 @table @option
6739 @item -d
6740 @itemx --defines
6741 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6742 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6743 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6744
6745 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6746 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6747
6748 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6749 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6750 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6751 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6752
6753 @item -r @var{things}
6754 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6755 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6756 separated list of @var{things} among:
6757
6758 @table @code
6759 @item state
6760 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6761 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6762
6763 @item look-ahead
6764 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6765 each rule's look-ahead set.
6766
6767 @item itemset
6768 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6769 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6770 @end table
6771
6772 For instance, on the following grammar
6773
6774 @item -v
6775 @itemx --verbose
6776 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6777 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6778 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6779
6780 @item -o @var{file}
6781 @itemx --output=@var{file}
6782 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
6783
6784 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
6785 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6786
6787 @item -g
6788 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6789 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6790 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6791 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6792
6793 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6794 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6795 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6796 the output graph file.
6797 @end table
6798
6799 @node Option Cross Key
6800 @section Option Cross Key
6801
6802 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
6803 the corresponding short option.
6804
6805 @tex
6806 \def\leaderfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hss.\hss}\hfill}
6807
6808 {\tt
6809 \line{ --debug \leaderfill -t}
6810 \line{ --defines \leaderfill -d}
6811 \line{ --file-prefix \leaderfill -b}
6812 \line{ --graph \leaderfill -g}
6813 \line{ --help \leaderfill -h}
6814 \line{ --name-prefix \leaderfill -p}
6815 \line{ --no-lines \leaderfill -l}
6816 \line{ --no-parser \leaderfill -n}
6817 \line{ --output \leaderfill -o}
6818 \line{ --print-localedir}
6819 \line{ --token-table \leaderfill -k}
6820 \line{ --verbose \leaderfill -v}
6821 \line{ --version \leaderfill -V}
6822 \line{ --yacc \leaderfill -y}
6823 }
6824 @end tex
6825
6826 @ifinfo
6827 @example
6828 --debug -t
6829 --defines=@var{defines-file} -d
6830 --file-prefix=@var{prefix} -b @var{file-prefix}
6831 --graph=@var{graph-file} -d
6832 --help -h
6833 --name-prefix=@var{prefix} -p @var{name-prefix}
6834 --no-lines -l
6835 --no-parser -n
6836 --output=@var{outfile} -o @var{outfile}
6837 --print-localedir
6838 --token-table -k
6839 --verbose -v
6840 --version -V
6841 --yacc -y
6842 @end example
6843 @end ifinfo
6844
6845 @node Yacc Library
6846 @section Yacc Library
6847
6848 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
6849 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
6850 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
6851 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
6852 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
6853 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
6854 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
6855
6856 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
6857 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
6858
6859 @example
6860 int yyerror (char const *);
6861 @end example
6862
6863 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
6864 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
6865 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
6866
6867 @example
6868 int yyparse (void);
6869 @end example
6870
6871 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
6872
6873 @node C++ Language Interface
6874 @chapter C++ Language Interface
6875
6876 @menu
6877 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
6878 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
6879 @end menu
6880
6881 @node C++ Parsers
6882 @section C++ Parsers
6883
6884 @menu
6885 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
6886 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
6887 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
6888 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
6889 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
6890 @end menu
6891
6892 @node C++ Bison Interface
6893 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
6894 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
6895 @c - Always pure
6896 @c - initial action
6897
6898 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To select
6899 it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc} to
6900 Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
6901 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
6902 files:
6903 @table @file
6904 @item position.hh
6905 @itemx location.hh
6906 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
6907 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
6908
6909 @item stack.hh
6910 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
6911
6912 @item @var{file}.hh
6913 @itemx @var{file}.cc
6914 The declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class.
6915 @var{file} is the name of the output file. It follows the same
6916 rules as with regular C parsers.
6917
6918 Note that @file{@var{file}.hh} is @emph{mandatory}, the C++ cannot
6919 work without the parser class declaration. Therefore, you must either
6920 pass @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
6921 @samp{%defines} directive.
6922 @end table
6923
6924 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
6925 for a complete and accurate documentation.
6926
6927 @node C++ Semantic Values
6928 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
6929 @c - No objects in unions
6930 @c - YSTYPE
6931 @c - Printer and destructor
6932
6933 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
6934 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
6935 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
6936 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
6937 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
6938 @itemize @minus
6939 @item
6940 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
6941 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
6942 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
6943 @item
6944 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
6945 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
6946 to such objects are allowed.
6947 @end itemize
6948
6949 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
6950 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
6951 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
6952 Symbols}.
6953
6954
6955 @node C++ Location Values
6956 @subsection C++ Location Values
6957 @c - %locations
6958 @c - class Position
6959 @c - class Location
6960 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
6961
6962 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
6963 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
6964 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
6965 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
6966 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
6967
6968 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
6969 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
6970 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
6971 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
6972 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
6973 @end deftypemethod
6974
6975 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
6976 The line, starting at 1.
6977 @end deftypemethod
6978
6979 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
6980 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
6981 @end deftypemethod
6982
6983 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
6984 The column, starting at 0.
6985 @end deftypemethod
6986
6987 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
6988 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
6989 @end deftypemethod
6990
6991 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6992 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6993 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6994 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6995 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
6996 @end deftypemethod
6997
6998 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
6999 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7000 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7001 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7002 @end deftypemethod
7003
7004 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7005 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7006 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7007 @end deftypemethod
7008
7009 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7010 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7011 Advance the @code{end} position.
7012 @end deftypemethod
7013
7014 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7015 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7016 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7017 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7018 @end deftypemethod
7019
7020 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7021 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7022 @end deftypemethod
7023
7024
7025 @node C++ Parser Interface
7026 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7027 @c - define parser_class_name
7028 @c - Ctor
7029 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7030 @c debug_stream.
7031 @c - Reporting errors
7032
7033 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7034 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7035 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7036 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7037 this class is detailled below. It can be extended using the
7038 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7039 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7040 additional argument for its constructor.
7041
7042 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7043 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7044 The types for semantics value and locations.
7045 @end defcv
7046
7047 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7048 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7049 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7050 @end deftypemethod
7051
7052 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7053 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7054 @end deftypemethod
7055
7056 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7057 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7058 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7059 @code{std::cerr}.
7060 @end deftypemethod
7061
7062 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7063 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7064 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7065 or non-zero, full tracing.
7066 @end deftypemethod
7067
7068 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7069 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7070 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7071 described by @var{m}.
7072 @end deftypemethod
7073
7074
7075 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7076 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7077 @c - prefix for yylex.
7078 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7079 @c - %lex-param
7080
7081 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7082 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7083 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7084
7085 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7086 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7087 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7088 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7089 @end deftypemethod
7090
7091
7092 @node A Complete C++ Example
7093 @section A Complete C++ Example
7094
7095 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7096 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7097 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7098 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7099 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7100 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7101 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7102 actually easier to interface with.
7103
7104 @menu
7105 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7106 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7107 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7108 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7109 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7110 @end menu
7111
7112 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7113 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7114
7115 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7116 expression, possibily preceded by variable assignments. An
7117 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7118 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7119 of valid input follows.
7120
7121 @example
7122 three := 3
7123 seven := one + two * three
7124 seven * seven
7125 @end example
7126
7127 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7128 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7129 @c - An env
7130 @c - A place to store error messages
7131 @c - A place for the result
7132
7133 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7134 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7135 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7136 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7137 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7138 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7139 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7140
7141 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7142 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7143 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7144 class.
7145
7146 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7147 @example
7148 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7149 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7150 # include <string>
7151 # include <map>
7152 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7153 @end example
7154
7155
7156 @noindent
7157 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7158 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7159 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7160 factor both as follows.
7161
7162 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7163 @example
7164 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7165 # define YY_DECL \
7166 int yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7167 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7168 calcxx_driver& driver)
7169 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7170 YY_DECL;
7171 @end example
7172
7173 @noindent
7174 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7175 members.
7176
7177 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7178 @example
7179 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7180 class calcxx_driver
7181 @{
7182 public:
7183 calcxx_driver ();
7184 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7185
7186 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7187
7188 int result;
7189 @end example
7190
7191 @noindent
7192 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7193 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7194 members.
7195
7196 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7197 @example
7198 // Handling the scanner.
7199 void scan_begin ();
7200 void scan_end ();
7201 bool trace_scanning;
7202 @end example
7203
7204 @noindent
7205 Similarly for the parser itself.
7206
7207 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7208 @example
7209 // Handling the parser.
7210 void parse (const std::string& f);
7211 std::string file;
7212 bool trace_parsing;
7213 @end example
7214
7215 @noindent
7216 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7217 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7218 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7219 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7220
7221 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7222 @example
7223 // Error handling.
7224 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7225 void error (const std::string& m);
7226 @};
7227 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7228 @end example
7229
7230 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7231 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7232 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7233 messages and set error state.
7234
7235 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7236 @example
7237 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7238 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7239
7240 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7241 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7242 @{
7243 variables["one"] = 1;
7244 variables["two"] = 2;
7245 @}
7246
7247 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7248 @{
7249 @}
7250
7251 void
7252 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7253 @{
7254 file = f;
7255 scan_begin ();
7256 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7257 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7258 parser.parse ();
7259 scan_end ();
7260 @}
7261
7262 void
7263 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7264 @{
7265 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7266 @}
7267
7268 void
7269 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7270 @{
7271 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7272 @}
7273 @end example
7274
7275 @node Calc++ Parser
7276 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7277
7278 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking
7279 for the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7280 specifies the name of the parser class.
7281
7282 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7283 @example
7284 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7285 %defines
7286 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7287 @end example
7288
7289 @noindent
7290 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7291 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7292 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7293 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7294 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7295 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7296
7297 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7298 @example
7299 %@{
7300 # include <string>
7301 class calcxx_driver;
7302 %@}
7303 @end example
7304
7305 @noindent
7306 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7307 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7308 global variables.
7309
7310 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7311 @example
7312 // The parsing context.
7313 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7314 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7315 @end example
7316
7317 @noindent
7318 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7319 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7320 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7321 automatically propagated.
7322
7323 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7324 @example
7325 %locations
7326 %initial-action
7327 @{
7328 // Initialize the initial location.
7329 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7330 @};
7331 @end example
7332
7333 @noindent
7334 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7335 error messages.
7336
7337 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7338 @example
7339 %debug
7340 %error-verbose
7341 @end example
7342
7343 @noindent
7344 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7345 them.
7346
7347 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7348 @example
7349 // Symbols.
7350 %union
7351 @{
7352 int ival;
7353 std::string *sval;
7354 @};
7355 @end example
7356
7357 @noindent
7358 The code between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} after the introduction of the
7359 @samp{%union} is output in the @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed
7360 knowledge about the driver.
7361
7362 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7363 @example
7364 %@{
7365 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7366 %@}
7367 @end example
7368
7369
7370 @noindent
7371 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7372 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7373 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7374 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7375 avoid name clashes.
7376
7377 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7378 @example
7379 %token END 0 "end of file"
7380 %token ASSIGN ":="
7381 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7382 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7383 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7384 @end example
7385
7386 @noindent
7387 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7388 @code{%destructor}.
7389
7390 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7391 @example
7392 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7393 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7394
7395 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7396 @end example
7397
7398 @noindent
7399 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7400
7401 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7402 @example
7403 %%
7404 %start unit;
7405 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7406
7407 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7408 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7409
7410 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7411
7412 %left '+' '-';
7413 %left '*' '/';
7414 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7415 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7416 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7417 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7418 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7419 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7420 %%
7421 @end example
7422
7423 @noindent
7424 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7425 driver.
7426
7427 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7428 @example
7429 void
7430 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7431 const std::string& m)
7432 @{
7433 driver.error (l, m);
7434 @}
7435 @end example
7436
7437 @node Calc++ Scanner
7438 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7439
7440 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7441 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7442
7443 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7444 @example
7445 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7446 # include <cstdlib>
7447 # include <errno.h>
7448 # include <limits.h>
7449 # include <string>
7450 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7451 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7452 %@}
7453 @end example
7454
7455 @noindent
7456 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7457 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7458 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7459 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7460
7461 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7462 @example
7463 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7464 @end example
7465
7466 @noindent
7467 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7468
7469 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7470 @example
7471 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7472 int [0-9]+
7473 blank [ \t]
7474 @end example
7475
7476 @noindent
7477 The following paragraph suffices to track locations acurately. Each
7478 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7479 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7480 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7481 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7482 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7483 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7484
7485 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7486 @example
7487 %@{
7488 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7489 %@}
7490 %%
7491 %@{
7492 yylloc->step ();
7493 %@}
7494 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7495 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7496 @end example
7497
7498 @noindent
7499 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7500 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7501 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7502 @code{token::identifier} for isntance.
7503
7504 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7505 @example
7506 %@{
7507 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7508 %@}
7509
7510 [-+*/] return yytext[0];
7511 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7512 @{int@} @{
7513 errno = 0;
7514 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7515 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7516 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7517 yylval->ival = n;
7518 return token::NUMBER;
7519 @}
7520 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7521 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7522 %%
7523 @end example
7524
7525 @noindent
7526 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7527 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7528
7529 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7530 @example
7531 void
7532 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7533 @{
7534 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7535 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7536 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7537 @}
7538
7539 void
7540 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7541 @{
7542 fclose (yyin);
7543 @}
7544 @end example
7545
7546 @node Calc++ Top Level
7547 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7548
7549 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7550
7551 @comment file: calc++.cc
7552 @example
7553 #include <iostream>
7554 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7555
7556 int
7557 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7558 @{
7559 calcxx_driver driver;
7560 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7561 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7562 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7563 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7564 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7565 else
7566 @{
7567 driver.parse (*argv);
7568 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7569 @}
7570 @}
7571 @end example
7572
7573 @c ================================================= FAQ
7574
7575 @node FAQ
7576 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7577 @cindex frequently asked questions
7578 @cindex questions
7579
7580 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7581 are addressed.
7582
7583 @menu
7584 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7585 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7586 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7587 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7588 @end menu
7589
7590 @node Memory Exhausted
7591 @section Memory Exhausted
7592
7593 @display
7594 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7595 message. What can I do?
7596 @end display
7597
7598 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7599 ,Recursive Rules}.
7600
7601 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7602 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7603
7604 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7605 following typical questions:
7606
7607 @display
7608 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7609 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7610 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7611 @end display
7612
7613 @noindent
7614 or
7615
7616 @display
7617 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7618 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7619 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7620 @end display
7621
7622 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7623 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7624 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7625 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7626 @file{first-line.l}:
7627
7628 @verbatim
7629 %{
7630 #include <stdio.h>
7631 #include <stdlib.h>
7632 %}
7633 %%
7634 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7635 %%
7636 int
7637 yyparse (char const *file)
7638 {
7639 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7640 if (!yyin)
7641 exit (2);
7642 /* One token only. */
7643 yylex ();
7644 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7645 exit (3);
7646 return 0;
7647 }
7648
7649 int
7650 main (void)
7651 {
7652 yyparse ("input");
7653 yyparse ("input");
7654 return 0;
7655 }
7656 @end verbatim
7657
7658 @noindent
7659 If the file @file{input} contains
7660
7661 @verbatim
7662 input:1: Hello,
7663 input:2: World!
7664 @end verbatim
7665
7666 @noindent
7667 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7668
7669 @example
7670 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7671 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7672 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7673 input:1: Hello,
7674 input:2: World!
7675 @end example
7676
7677 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7678 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7679 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7680 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7681 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7682 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7683 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7684 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7685 input buffers.
7686
7687 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7688 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7689 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7690 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7691
7692 @node Strings are Destroyed
7693 @section Strings are Destroyed
7694
7695 @display
7696 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7697 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7698 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7699 @end display
7700
7701 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7702 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7703 of scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7704
7705 @verbatim
7706 %{
7707 #include <stdio.h>
7708 char *yylval = NULL;
7709 %}
7710 %%
7711 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7712 \n /* IGNORE */
7713 %%
7714 int
7715 main ()
7716 {
7717 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7718 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7719 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7720 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7721 return 0;
7722 }
7723 @end verbatim
7724
7725 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7726
7727 @example
7728 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7729 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7730 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7731 "one
7732 two", "two"
7733 @end example
7734
7735 @noindent
7736 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7737 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7738 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7739 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7740 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7741 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7742
7743 @example
7744 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7745 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7746 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7747 "two", "two"
7748 @end example
7749
7750
7751 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7752 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7753
7754 @display
7755 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7756 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7757 @end display
7758
7759 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7760 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7761 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7762 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7763 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7764 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7765 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7766
7767 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7768 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7769 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7770 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7771 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7772 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7773 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7774 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7775 compiler.
7776
7777 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7778 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7779
7780
7781
7782 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
7783
7784 @node Table of Symbols
7785 @appendix Bison Symbols
7786 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
7787 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
7788
7789 @deffn {Variable} @@$
7790 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
7791 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7792 @end deffn
7793
7794 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
7795 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
7796 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7797 @end deffn
7798
7799 @deffn {Variable} $$
7800 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
7801 @xref{Actions}.
7802 @end deffn
7803
7804 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
7805 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
7806 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
7807 @end deffn
7808
7809 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
7810 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
7811 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
7812 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
7813 @end deffn
7814
7815 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
7816 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
7817 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
7818 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
7819 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
7820 Grammar}.
7821 @end deffn
7822
7823 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
7824 Comment delimiters, as in C.
7825 @end deffn
7826
7827 @deffn {Delimiter} :
7828 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
7829 Grammar Rules}.
7830 @end deffn
7831
7832 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
7833 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7834 @end deffn
7835
7836 @deffn {Delimiter} |
7837 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
7838 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7839 @end deffn
7840
7841 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
7842 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
7843 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
7844 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
7845 @end deffn
7846
7847 @deffn {Directive} %debug
7848 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7849 @end deffn
7850
7851 @ifset defaultprec
7852 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
7853 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7854 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7855 Precedence}.
7856 @end deffn
7857 @end ifset
7858
7859 @deffn {Directive} %defines
7860 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
7861 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7862 @end deffn
7863
7864 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
7865 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
7866 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
7867 @end deffn
7868
7869 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
7870 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
7871 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
7872 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7873 @end deffn
7874
7875 @deffn {Symbol} $end
7876 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
7877 used in the grammar.
7878 @end deffn
7879
7880 @deffn {Symbol} error
7881 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
7882 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
7883 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
7884 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
7885 token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token. Actions
7886 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead
7887 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
7888 @xref{Error Recovery}.
7889 @end deffn
7890
7891 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
7892 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
7893 when @code{yyerror} is called.
7894 @end deffn
7895
7896 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
7897 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
7898 Summary}.
7899 @end deffn
7900
7901 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
7902 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
7903 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7904 @end deffn
7905
7906 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
7907 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
7908 @end deffn
7909
7910 @deffn {Directive} %left
7911 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
7912 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7913 @end deffn
7914
7915 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
7916 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
7917 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
7918 for Pure Parsers}.
7919 @end deffn
7920
7921 @deffn {Directive} %merge
7922 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
7923 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
7924 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
7925 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7926 @end deffn
7927
7928 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
7929 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7930 @end deffn
7931
7932 @ifset defaultprec
7933 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
7934 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7935 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7936 Precedence}.
7937 @end deffn
7938 @end ifset
7939
7940 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
7941 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
7942 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7943 @end deffn
7944
7945 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
7946 Bison declaration to assign non-associativity to token(s).
7947 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7948 @end deffn
7949
7950 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
7951 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
7952 Summary}.
7953 @end deffn
7954
7955 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
7956 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
7957 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
7958 Function @code{yyparse}}.
7959 @end deffn
7960
7961 @deffn {Directive} %prec
7962 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
7963 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
7964 @end deffn
7965
7966 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
7967 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
7968 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
7969 @end deffn
7970
7971 @deffn {Directive} %right
7972 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
7973 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7974 @end deffn
7975
7976 @deffn {Directive} %start
7977 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
7978 Start-Symbol}.
7979 @end deffn
7980
7981 @deffn {Directive} %token
7982 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
7983 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
7984 @end deffn
7985
7986 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
7987 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
7988 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7989 @end deffn
7990
7991 @deffn {Directive} %type
7992 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
7993 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
7994 @end deffn
7995
7996 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
7997 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
7998 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
7999 @code{error}.
8000 @end deffn
8001
8002 @deffn {Directive} %union
8003 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8004 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8005 @end deffn
8006
8007 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8008 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8009 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8010 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8011 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8012 @end deffn
8013
8014 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8015 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8016 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8017 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8018 @end deffn
8019
8020 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8021 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead
8022 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8023 @end deffn
8024
8025 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8026 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the current
8027 look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8028 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8029 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8030 @end deffn
8031
8032 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8033 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8034 look-ahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8035 @end deffn
8036
8037 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8038 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8039 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8040 @end deffn
8041
8042 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8043 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8044 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8045 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8046 @end deffn
8047
8048 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8049 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8050 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8051 @end deffn
8052
8053 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8054 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8055 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8056 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8057 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8058 @end deffn
8059
8060 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8061 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8062 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8063 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8064 @end deffn
8065
8066 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8067 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8068 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8069 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8070 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8071 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8072 @end deffn
8073
8074 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8075 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8076 @xref{Memory Management}.
8077 @end deffn
8078
8079 @deffn {Function} yylex
8080 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8081 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8082 @code{yylex}}.
8083 @end deffn
8084
8085 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8086 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8087 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. he use of this
8088 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8089 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8090 @end deffn
8091
8092 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8093 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8094 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8095 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8096 @code{yylex}.) You can ignore this variable if you don't use the
8097 @samp{@@} feature in the grammar actions. @xref{Token Locations,
8098 ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8099 @end deffn
8100
8101 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8102 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8103 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8104 @end deffn
8105
8106 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8107 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8108 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8109 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8110 @code{yylex}.) @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8111 @end deffn
8112
8113 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8114 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8115 Management}.
8116 @end deffn
8117
8118 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8119 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8120 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8121 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8122 @end deffn
8123
8124 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8125 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8126 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8127 @end deffn
8128
8129 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8130 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8131 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8132 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8133 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8134 @end deffn
8135
8136 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8137 Macro whose value indicates whether the parser is recovering from a
8138 syntax error. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8139 @end deffn
8140
8141 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8142 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8143 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8144 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8145 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8146 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8147 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8148
8149 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8150 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8151 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8152 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8153 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8154 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8155 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8156 @end deffn
8157
8158 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8159 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8160 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8161 @end deffn
8162
8163 @node Glossary
8164 @appendix Glossary
8165 @cindex glossary
8166
8167 @table @asis
8168 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8169 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8170 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8171 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8172 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8173
8174 @item Context-free grammars
8175 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8176 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8177 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8178 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8179 Grammars}.
8180
8181 @item Dynamic allocation
8182 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8183 compile time or on entry to a function.
8184
8185 @item Empty string
8186 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8187 character string of length zero.
8188
8189 @item Finite-state stack machine
8190 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8191 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8192 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8193 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8194 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8195 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8196
8197 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8198 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8199 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8200 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8201 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8202 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8203 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8204 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8205
8206 @item Grouping
8207 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8208 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8209 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8210
8211 @item Infix operator
8212 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8213 performs some operation.
8214
8215 @item Input stream
8216 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8217
8218 @item Language construct
8219 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8220 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8221 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8222
8223 @item Left associativity
8224 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8225 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8226 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8227
8228 @item Left recursion
8229 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8230 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8231 Rules}.
8232
8233 @item Left-to-right parsing
8234 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8235 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8236
8237 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8238 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8239 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8240
8241 @item Lexical tie-in
8242 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8243 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8244
8245 @item Literal string token
8246 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8247
8248 @item Look-ahead token
8249 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead
8250 Tokens}.
8251
8252 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8253 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8254 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8255 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8256
8257 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8258 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8259 look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8260
8261 @item Nonterminal symbol
8262 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8263 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8264 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8265
8266 @item Parser
8267 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8268 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8269 analyzer.
8270
8271 @item Postfix operator
8272 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8273 performs some operation.
8274
8275 @item Reduction
8276 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8277 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8278 Parser Algorithm}.
8279
8280 @item Reentrant
8281 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8282 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8283 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8284
8285 @item Reverse polish notation
8286 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8287
8288 @item Right recursion
8289 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8290 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8291 Rules}.
8292
8293 @item Semantics
8294 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8295 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8296 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8297
8298 @item Shift
8299 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8300 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8301 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8302
8303 @item Single-character literal
8304 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8305 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8306
8307 @item Start symbol
8308 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8309 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8310 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8311 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8312
8313 @item Symbol table
8314 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8315 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8316 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8317
8318 @item Syntax error
8319 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8320 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8321
8322 @item Token
8323 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8324 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8325 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8326 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8327
8328 @item Terminal symbol
8329 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8330 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8331 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8332 @end table
8333
8334 @node Copying This Manual
8335 @appendix Copying This Manual
8336
8337 @menu
8338 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8339 @end menu
8340
8341 @include fdl.texi
8342
8343 @node Index
8344 @unnumbered Index
8345
8346 @printindex cp
8347
8348 @bye
8349
8350 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8351 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8352 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8353 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8354 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8355 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8356 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8357 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8358 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8359 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8360 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8361 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8362 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8363 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8364 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8365 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8366 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8367 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8368 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8369 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8370 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8371 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8372 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8373 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8374 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8375 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8376 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8377 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8378 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex